1926-1931 Logbook
FOG BOOK
EAST ARBORFEX21
926
NATIONAL
The Right Books to Write In
National No. 812
Made in the following Rulinga
Day Books
Journals
Cash Books
D. E. Ledgers, with Index
S. E. Ledgers, with Index
Records, Margin Line
100 Page Books with Paper Sides
300 Page Books with Hubs
TO DUPLICATE THIS BOOK:-
Order No. S12
State Ruling indicated by arrow
Give Thickness wanted
Made is 100. 150, 200
and 300 Pages
MADE IN U.S.A.
June 20,
1926 -
1928
Yacht Season
at Mt. Desert
Comes to End
Great Increase in Activity at
Bar Harbor and Northeast
Harbor Clubs
Officers Elected
Northeast Harbor Fleet Con-
sidering New Class of Boats
for Next Year
Special to the Transcript:
Northeast Harbor, Me., Sept. 15-The
greatest yachting season on record has
just been completed at Northeast Harbor
where an average of fifty boats raced
twice a week in addition to the many
special events on the schedule. Besides
the many racing classes. the fleet is rep
resented by innumerable larger yachts
that fly its red, white and blue burgee
along the entire Atlantic coast
The racing classes include the North.
east Harbor 17-foot class. originally
built by the Eastern Yacht Club in 1909,
to whom some twenty boats have been
added: the Crowninshield or Manchester
171/2-foot class known here as the B
boats: Alden-designed o Class, and a
Mt. Desert Island class designed by
Winslow. In addition there are two
Herreshoff S boats. which usually race
with the Bar Harbor boats. There is
quite a lot of talk about a larger class,
the favorite of which seems to be the
Alden-designed Triangle Class, so popular
at Marblehead
The final corrected results have just
been announced by the secretary of the
regatta committee. In Class A, Edwin
Corning's Polly nosed out the favorite
Gerrish Milliken's Kipper, while Billy
Strawbridge's Tsana won its second
consecutive third place. Ace, sailed by
Henry Stebbins, easily won the Class B
trophy. Jack Brengle's Witnit annexed
second place by defeating Fred Smith's
Whoosis in the last race. In the o
Class, Bimbo, Tom Clerke's fast number
11 was the victor, followed very closely
by the Cheerio and the Go-get.em, which
had formerly won three first prizes in
the different series. J. S. Ames's Lark
easily won first place in the MDI Class.
Nearly 100 boats took part in the
seventh annual Northeast Harbor Fleet
Kollegiwidgwok Yacht Club Cruise. This
cruise takes the fleet around Mt. Desert
Island and into Morgan's Bay, a small
harbor at the head of Blue Hill Bay
The first annual schooner race, open
to Malabar type schooners, not over 55
feet in length. was won by Sagamore, a
place winner In the 1926 Bermuda race.
The Sagamore was sailed by Ted Madeira
of Philadelphia. Walter Lippincott's
Aleda defeated the other six boats in the
race to take second place.
At the annual meeting. held the last
week in August the following officers
were elected for the ensuing year: Com
modore, W. Barton Eddison. Ardsley.on
Hudson, N. Y. vice commodore, Malcolm
Peabody of Philadelphia; rear commo
dore, John Tyssowski of Dobbs Ferry,
N. Y.: secretary, Robert E. L. Johnson
of Philadelphia; treasurer Gerrish H
Milliken of New York; delegate to Mt
Desert Yacht Racing Association, Ed
ward W. Madeira of Philadelphia.
The summaries:
A CLASS WINNERS
Percent
1
Polly, Edwin Corning
88.10
Kipper Gerrish H. Milliken
84.7
Tsana. William Strawbridge
71.17
DaffydIII. Mrs. Henry Parkman
69.10
5 Jack Tar III. John D. Rockefeller
III
67.5
Ino. Miss Elizabeth Madeira
60.7
Alanda, Algeron Roberts
69.1
Eaglet. Arthur P. Butler,
Jr
58.1
Hustla, Charles D Dickey
66.7
10 Don Q. Percy H. Clark,
52.6
11 Constance. Crawford C. Madeira
47.4
1: Mary, Stacy B. Lloyd, Jr
12 Seud, John Fox
40.7
Yojo. Walter Eversman
40.3
Sinbad, Charles Pratt
40.1
Number Casper w Morris
36.5
Pin. Arthur E. Newbold.
J1
18 Chasellas, P E Foerderer
23.8
19 Little Scamp Miss Kathleen Burke
33.3
20 Atlanta, B. Dane, Jr.
31
21 Mecoh II Conway Olmsted
27.3
Number 43 John W. Bartol
26.2
Aleda, Walter H Lippincott. Jr
20
Halo, Harry G Haskell
19.5
Last Chance, Wharton Sinkler
18.8
Nancy E. Q. Trowbridge
18.6
Jarif. Frederick E Camp.
Jr
18.5
28 Colleen. Frank D. Bain
15.3
20 Reef Point. Yorke Allen
30 Gnat William F. Cochran
12.S
31 Bob White, Frederick Fraley, Jr
7.3
B CLASS WINNERS
1
Ace. Henry Stebbins
02.5
Witnit, L Brengle
J
79.5
Whoosis, Frederick Smith
70.1
Venture. Malcolm Stanley
64.1
5
Q.T., John Tyssowaki
50
Navajo. Hugh Jackson
49.8
B'rer Rabbit. David Rawle
47.9
8 Number 15. W Rodman Fay
86.6
3 Whim, F W. Simmons
32.0
10 Vega, W Barton Eddison
11 Number 14 John G. Bates
27.5
12 Number 7. H M. Hessenbruch
24.8
13 Nan. Mrs. John Van Pelt...
22.7
14 Electron, Mrs. James Murphy
15
o CLASS WINNERS
1
Blmbo. Thomas H. Clark
73.8
2
Cheerlo, S. S. Drury, Jr
72.7
S
Go-get-Em Mrs C. B. Fraley
72.3
4
Number 15 Lincoln Godfrey, Jr.
56.85
5 Oh-no R Gwynne Stout
56.80
6 Little Wooden Shoe, Dr E.L. Keyes
55.2
7
Venture, Mrs. William Jenks
40.2
8 Couple-o-Clubs, Mrs. Freder'k Jordan
37,4
a Number 16, Leonard A. Yerkes, Jr.
34.2
10 Number 2, Mrs. S. G. Nauman
6.6
M. D. I. CLASS WINNERS
1
Lark, J. : S. Ames
85
2 Vera, Miss Geraldine McAlpin
59.7
8 Cara, Miss Ruth Lyman
57
4 Sea Gull, Henry Lyman
45.9
Letter from Commodare
regarding Log Books
announcements :
Election of secretary
schedule of Events
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
NORTHEAST HARBOR
MAINE
June 10, 1926
Mr. Robert E. L. Johnson
Southwest Harbor
Maine
Dear Bobby:
Yesterday afternoon I sent you the two log books
pertaining to the Fleet. It is one of your duties as sec-
retury to see that these log books are kept up to date.
If
you will examine the older book you will see what you are to
include in the new one.
It is not necessary for you to keep an account of
the races sailed. Percy H. Clark, Jr.: the secretary of the
Regatta Committee, will keep a complete record of the races.
Sincerely. yours,
Tarais a Chadeira
Edward Madeira
E.M.B
Commodore
NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
1926
8 June 1926
To the Members of the Fleet:
Announcement is made of the elec-
tion of Mr. Robert E. L. Johnson as secretary
of the Northeast Harbor Fleet vice Mr. C. P. B.
Jefferys resigned.
Edward W. Madeira
Commodore.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
1926
15 June 1926.
The following events are announced:
Friday, July
16
First race July series
Tuesday, July
20
Second race July series
Friday, July
23
Third race July series
Tuesday, July
27
Fourth race July series
Friday, July
30
Fifth race July series
Tuesday, August
3
First race August series
Friday, August
6
Second race August series
Tuesday, August 10
Third race August series
Friday, August 13
Fourth race August series
Tuesday, August 17
George Davenport Hayward Memorial Cup race
Thursday, August 19
Fifth Annual Cruise
Friday, August 20
11
11
IT
Saturday, August 21
IT
"
11
Tuesday, August 24
Fifth race August series
Friday, August 28
Sixth race August series
Race for Auxiliary Friendship Sloops
Tuesday, August 31
Seventh race August series
Friday, September 3
Eighth race August series
The date for "Regatta Day" at the Bar Harbor Yacht Club has
not yet been fixed.
Members desiring to enter their yachts in any of these events
should communicate with Percy H. Clark, Jr. , Sec'y Recatta Com-
mittee, Northeast Harbor, Maine.
Entrance Fee:
For July and August series,
$5.00
For race for Auxiliary Friendship Sloop, $1.00
Full details will be announced later.
The Fleet Burgee may be procured from Annin & Co., 85 Fifth
Avenue, New York City, OR Charles C. Hutchinson, 154 State Street,
Boston, Mass. L. Elrie Holmes, Northeast Harbor, has a small sup-
ply on hand. Members of the Fleet are requested to display the
burgee on their yachts.
Insignia for yachting caps may be procured from Edward W.
Madeira, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa.
Several boats in the racing classes are available for rent or
for charter. For information apply to Edward W. Madeira, Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa.
The Fleet motor boat, in charge of Captain Clifford Stanley,
is available for hire, when not required for official business, at
the rate of $1.00 per hour. Captain Stanley may be reached at
Harborside Float, Northeast Harbor, after July 6th.
Robert E. L. Johnson,
Secretary.
and
Preliminary Draft of Entry List
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
Class A
1
Daffy dill
2
Mre. Henry Parkman
Ino
3
Edward W. Madeira
Gnat
William F. Cochran
4
Atlanta
E.B. Dane, Jr.
6.
Hustla
Charles D. Dickey
7
CasperW. Morris
10
Constance
Clarence A. Warden
11
Mecoh II
Mrs. Vance McCormick
12
Sinbad
Charles Pratt
14
Squaw
Walter Eversman
16
Nevis
C.P.B. Jefferys
17
Kipper
G.H. Milliken
18
Little Scamp
Miss Kathleen Burke
19
Colleen
Horace Disston
21
Polly
Edwin Corning
23
Kathleen
Alan Fox
24
Sarampus
Wharton Sinkler
27
Samuel W. Morris
28
Frederic E. Camp
29
30
Walter H. Lippincott, Jr.
31
Frederick Fraley, Jr.
Kinglet
32
Regonald C. Robbins, Jr.
Don Q
33
Percy H. Clark, Jr.
34
Nancy
Mrs. John D. Rockefeller, Jr.
E.Q. Trowbridge
Class B
1
ATOM
2
Edgar B. Howard
Navajo
3
Q.T.
Robert E.L. Johnson
4
Beezie
John Tyssowski
5
Witnit
Dr. C.E. Briggs
6
L.J. Brengle, Jr.
7
Dana B. Hinckley
8
Nan
F.H. Smith
9
10
Whim
Mrs. John Van Pelt
11
Ace
F.". Simmons
12
Vega
Henry D. Stebbins
ELECTRON
W. Barton Eddison
Mrs. James Murphy
Class C
21
Slipper
Henry W. Foote
22
Artome
23
Crane
Butler Bros
24
Cara
For Sale - See E. W. M.
Class 0
1
Miss Deal
Mrs. Stephen Whitney
2
Miss Olmsted
3
R. Gwynne Stout
4
Venture
Miss Christine Frazier
5
Go-get-em
Mrs. C. Bradford Fraley
6
Little Wooden Shoe
Dr. E.L. Keyes
7
For Sale - See E.W.M.
8
Dum-Dum
Miss Elinor Thompson
9
Mud Puppy
Miss Adele K, Merrill
10
Alert
Mrs. D.B. Wentz
11
Bimbo
Miss Miriam R. Clark
13
Couple o' Clubs
Fraderick Jordan
14
Splash
S. Drury, Jr.
15
Sumbeam
At Marblehead. For Sale
See E.W.M.
Class MDI
2
F. W. Robinson
3
Jack Tar, Jr
vJohn D. Rockefeller, III
4
Edsel B. Ford
6
12
William R. McAlpin
Lippie
13
Wlater H. Lippincott, Jr.
T.S. Ames, Jr.
3
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
0
RACING INSTRUCTIONS
1926
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
0
RACING INSTRUCTIONS
1926
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
Racing Instructions
1926
REGULAR RACES:
July Series:
Friday, July 16th
Tuesday, July 20th
Friday, July 23rd
Tuesday, July 27th
Friday, July 30th
August Series:
Tuesday, August 3rd
Friday, August 6th
Tuesday, August 10th
Friday, August 13th
Tuesday, August 24th
Friday, August 27th
Tuesday, August 31st
Friday, September 3rd
SPECIAL EVENTS:
Tuesday, August 17th
George Davenport Hayward Memorial Cup Race
Thursday, Friday and Saturday, August 19th, 20th
and 21st
Fifth Annual Cruise
Friday, August 27th
Race for Auxiliary Friendship Sloops
Wednesday, September 1st
Seamanship Race for the Andrew C. Wheel-
wright Memorial Cup.
For the regular races the following conditions will
be observed:
ENTRIES.-The following classes are eligible:
Class A: Northeast Harbor Club 17-foot class.
Class B: North Haven-Islesboro 171/2-foot class.
CLASS MDI: Mount Desert Island 17-foot-class (in
association with the Seal Harbor
Yacht Club).
Class C: Eliot-Manchester 15-foot class.
Class 0: Northeast Harbor 15-foot class.
Yachts in Classes A, B, C and o must be owned by
members of the Northeast Harbor Fleet; in Class MDI, by
members of the Northeast Harbor Fleet or of the Seal
Harbor Yacht Club.
ENTRANCE FEE.-The entrance fee of $5.00 for
each yacht should be paid immediately to Percy H. Clark,
Jr., Secretary, Regatta Committee, Northeast Harbor,
Maine. The Committee may refuse to grant credit for
participation in races until entrance fees are paid.
must be displayed during the races on both sides of
The Committee will assign racing numbers, which
mainsails.
SAILS, EQUIPMENT, ETC.-All classes are limited be
to working sails and spinnakers. Spinnakers may
used only with tack fastened to boom, and boom resting
on mast.
Each yacht must carry a suitable anchor and rode, each
a compass, a fog horn and one life preserver for
person on board.
CREWS.-Unlimited.
During board yachts except on yachts on which July
the August series professionals are not there per-
mitted on 14 years of age. During the handle
is series, no other they person are permitted over on board, but may not
tillers.
STARTING AND FINISHING LINE (as indicated in
the following diagram) consists of three marks form-
ing a triangle off the entrance to Northeast Harbor.
The northern mark flies a red flag, the southern a white
flag and the western a blue flag.
R
RED MARK
To and from
MARK "C5
To and from
BLUE MARK
MARK "B"
To and from
MARK "D"
STARTING LINE E
FINISHING LINE
N
WHITE MARK
STARTS.-As follows:
Preparatory signal
2.25 p. m.
Start Class A
2.30 p. m.
Start Class B
2.35 p. m.
Start Class MDI
2.40 p. m.
Start Class o
2.45 p. m.
Start Class C
2.50 p. m.
Signals will be made on the Committee boat by a
gun or whistle and by the display of flags as follows:
Preparatory Signal
Red Flag
Start Class A
White Flag
Start Class B
Blue Flag
Start Class MDI
Green Flag
Start Class o
Black Flag
Start Class C
Black Flag taken in
their preparatory signal five minutes before the start of
Yachts must keep clear of the starting area until
their class.
THE
NORTHEAST HARBOR
FLEET
NORTHEAST HARBOR
COURSES 1923
SEAL HARBOR
?
!
BEAR 13
GREENINGS MARK "A"
ESE 3 1/8 mi.
IS.
START
MARK"B"
!
SUTTONS IS.
mi.
x
MARK "C"
:
MARK "D"
1mi.
LITTLE CRANBERRY IS.
OT. CRANBERRY
152
COURSES.-Will be announced as early as possible
from the Committee boat by the display of numbered
flags. Classes A, B and MDI will sail the same course;
Classes C and o will sail the same course. The course
for Classes C and o will be announced after the start
of Class MDI. The courses are shown in the accompany-
ing chart and are described as follows:
No. 1. From starting line at Mark A easterly to
Mark B, leaving it to starboard; thence westerly to Mark
D, leaving it to starboard; thence northeasterly to finish
at Mark A.
No. 2. Reverse of No. 1, leaving marks to port.
No. 3. From starting line at Mark A easterly to
Mark B, leaving it to starboard; thence westerly to Mark
C, leaving it to starboard; thence northerly to finish at
Mark A.
No. 4. Reverse of No. 3, leaving marks to port.
No. 5. From starting line at Mark A southerly to
Mark C, leaving it to starboard; thence westerly to Mark
D, leaving it to starboard; thence northeasterly to finish
at Mark A.
No. 6. Reverse of No. 5, leaving marks to port.
No. 7. From starting line at Mark A southerly to
Mark C, leaving it to starboard; thence westerly to Mark
D, leaving it to starboard, thence northeasterly to
White Mark at Mark A, leaving it to starboard; thence to
Marks C and D as before; from Mark D to finish at
Mark A.
No. 8. Reverse of No. 7, leaving marks to port.
No. 9. From starting line at Mark A easterly to
Mark B, leaving it to starboard; thence southerly to
whistling buoy lying southeast of Baker Island, leaving
it to starboard; thence westerly to black and white can
buoy lying southeast of Seawall Point, leaving it to star-
board; thence northerly to finish at Mark A.
No. 10. Reverse of No. 9, leaving marks to port.
finish line of Course No. 10 will be the usual line for the
NOTE.-The starting line of Course No. 9 and the
course to and from Mark B; the starting line of Course
No. 10 and the finish line of Course No. 9 will be the
usual line for the course to and from Mark D.
TABLE OF POINTS AWARDED TO YACHTS F INISHING
Number of Starters
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Place
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
9
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
95
95
96
96
96
1st
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
88
89
90
91
92
93
93
94
94
94
95
95
2nd
50
67
80
83
86
92
75
85
86
87
89
90
90
90
91
91
92
92
83
88
88
87
88
88
33
50
60
67
71
75
78
80
82
3rd
57
63
67
70
73
75
77
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
86
4th
25
40
50
60
64
67
69
71
73
75
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
83
84
79
80
5th
20
33
43
50
56
38
44
50
55
58
62
64
67
69
71
72
74
75
76
77
78
6th
17
29
40
46
50
54
57
60
63
65
67
68
70
71
73
74
75
76
7th
14
25
33
68
70
71
13
22
30
36
42
46
50
53
56
59
61
63
65
67
72
8th
11
33
39
43
47
50
53
56
58
60
62
64
65
67
68
9th
20
27
25
31
36
40
44
471
50
53
55
57
59
61
63
64
10th
10
18
9
17
23
29
33
38
41
44
47
50
52
55
57
58
60
11th
8
15
21
27
31
35
39
42
45
48
50
52
54
56
12th
13th
8
14
20
25
29
33
37
40
43
45
48
50
52
14th
7
13
19
24
28
32
35
38
41
43
46
48
15th
7
13
18
22
26
30
33
36
39
42
44
16th
6
12
17
21
25
29
32
35
38
40
00
17th
6
11
16
20
24
27
30
33
36
18th
6
11
15
19
23
26
29
32
19th
5
10
14
18
22
25
28
20th
5
10
14
17
21
24
21st
5
9
13
17
20
22nd
4
9
13
16
23rd
4
8
12
24th
4
8
25th
4
Scores made by each yacht will be computed twice,
once for the July Series and once for the August Series.
The winners of each class in the August series will be
awarded trophies subject to the provisions of the deeds
of gift, as follows: The Stephen Whitney Dickey Mem-
orial Trophy prize in Class A; the Class B Trophy; the
Class C Trophy and the Class o Trophy. It is expected
that the Seal Harbor Yacht Club Cup will be awarded
in Class MDI. In addition, the usual pennants will be
awarded.
TIME LIMIT.-Three hours from the starting signal
for each class, except for Courses Nos. 9 and 10, which
shall be sunset.
FOULS.-In case of a foul, a yacht clearly at fault
should withdraw from the race.
PROTESTS.-It is important that a protest be filed
in every case of apparent violation of the racing rules.
Protests must be in writing and placed in the hands
of the Secretary of the Committee before 6 p. m. of
the day following the race in which the alleged viola-
tion of the racing rules was committed. A protest must
state clearly all facts upon which it is based and must be
accompanied by diagrams showing the positions of yachts
during the alleged violation of the rules.
SPECIAL EVENTS
The following conditions will govern:
George Davenport Hayward Memorial Cup Race
Date:
Tuesday, August 17, 1926.
Entries: All yachts in the racing classes are eligible.
Course: Either No. 7 or No. 8, to be announced at the
starting line.
Start:
Preparatory Signal
2.25.00 p. m.
Start Class C
2.30.00 p. m.
Start Class o
2.30.35 p. m.
Start Class MDI
2.37.21 p. m.
Start Class B
2.39.00 p. m.
Start Class A
2.43.07 p. m.
Postponements: Five-minute intervals.
The
first
yacht
tive engraved of class. The name finish of will the be winning the winner, irrespec-
to
of the on the Hayward Memorial Cup, yacht will owner be
winning yacht will receive a small replica. and the
Seamanship Race for Andrew C. Wheelwright
Memorial Cup
Date:
Wednesday, September 1, 1926.
Particulars will be announced later.
Fifth Annual Cruise
Date:
Thursday, Friday and Saturday, August 19,20,
21, 1926.
Entries: All yachts in the racing classes are eligible.
Special classes will be arranged for yachts of
other clubs. Owners should notify Percy H.
Clark, Jr., Secretary, Regatta Committee, as
soon as possible, of their intention to partici-
pate.
Race for Auxiliary Friendship Sloops
Date:
Friday, August 27, 1926.
Entries: To be filed with Percy H. Clark, Jr., Secretary,
Regatta Committee, Northeast Harbor, Me.,
on or before August 20, 1926, and must be
accompanied by an entrance fee of $1.00.
Particulars will be announced later.
POSTPONEMENTS.-In case of inclement weather, and if
will be postponed until the following day, races
the they races cannot be sailed then, will be cancelled. No
to be resailed.
instructions interpreted in the "Handbook of Each yacht
RACING the racing rules of the New York Yacht American
RULES.-In any case not covered by these Club
Yacht of 1923 Racing should as procure Rules" a (2d Ed.) copy of will this govern. book City. from "Yacht-
ing," owner 25 West 43rd Street, of New yacht York owners, extracts (1923) from
the racing For the rules convenience of the New York Yacht Club are
set forth below.
The Committee hopes that all will co-operate to make
the races a success. In order that there may be the
greatest possible number of starters in each race, those
who are prevented from sailing their yachts are re-
quested to obtain substitutes. It is the wish of the Com-
mittee that the keen spirit of friendly competition, which
has been the tradition of these races in the past, will
continue.
FREDERIC O. SPEDDEN,
Chairman, Regatta Committee.
EXTRACTS FROM YACHT RACING RULES
RULE .-Amenable to Racing Rules
A yacht shall be amenable to the Racing Rules from
the time the preparatory signal for her class is made, and
shall continue so until her entire hull and spars have
passed across the finish line.
After crossing the finishing line a yacht shall not
interfere with any yacht still in the race.
RULE X-Start and Finish
4. The time at the start and finish shall be taken
when the foremast on a Schooner and the mainmast on
a
Sloop or Yawl first crosses the line after the starting
signal has been made.
5. If this point in any yacht [the foremast on a
Schooner and the mainmast on a Sloop or Yawl] be
across the line when the starting signal is made, she must
return and start again.
6. A yacht so returning, or one working into posi-
tion from the wrong side of the line after the signal for
starting has been made, must keep clear of and give way
to all competing yachts.
RULE XII-Right-of-Way
DEFINITIONS
(A) Close-hauled_A yacht is close-hauled when
sailing by the wind as close as she can lay with advan-
tage in working to windward.
(B) Wind Aft-A yacht with the wind aft is
deemed to have the wind on the side opposite to that on
which she is carrying her main boom.
(C) Overlapping and Clear-Two yachts sailing
the same or nearly the same course are said to be over-
lapping when either yacht has no longer a free choice on
which side of the other she shall pass, and the overlap
continues to exist so long as the leeward yacht by luffing,
or the windward yacht by bearing away, is in danger of
fouling. Otherwise they are said to be clear.
(D) Overtaking-Of two yachts sailing the same
or nearly the same course, the one clear astern, if ap-
proaching the other so as to involve an overlap, is said
to be the overtaking yacht, and she continues such after
the yachts overlap until she has again drawn clear.
(E) Luffing-A yacht is luffing when she so alters
her course as to sail a course more nearly into the wind.
(F) Mark-A mark is any vessel, boat, buoy, or
other object used to indicate the course.
RIGHT-OF-WAY
When one yacht is approaching another yacht, so as
to involve the risk of fouling, one of them shall keep clear
of the other as follows:
1. Right-of-Way on Different Points of Sailing-A
yacht free shall keep clear of one close-hauled.
2. Right-of-Way on Same Point of Sailing, with
Wind on Opposite Sides.
(a) When both yachts are close-hauled
and have the wind on opposite sides, the
yacht with the wind on the port side shall
keep clear.
(b) When both yachts are free, or both
have the wind aft, and have the wind on op-
posite sides, the yacht with the wind on the
port side shall keep clear.
3. Right-of-Way on Same Point of Sailing, with
Wind on Same Side-When both yachts are free, or both
have the wind aft and have the wind on the same side,
the yacht to windward shall keep clear.
4. Right-of-Way Converging Close-Houled-When
two yachts, both close-hauled on the same tack, are con-
verging by reason of the leeward yacht holding a better
wind and neither can claim the rights of a yacht being
overtaken, then the yacht to windward shall keep clear.
5. Right-of-Way. Altering course-When of two
yachts one is obliged to keep clear, the other [subject to
her course as to involve the risk of fouling.
the provisions of Section 6, Clause (a) ], shall not so alter
Away-A yacht overtaking another yacht shall keep
6. Right-of-Way. Overtaking, Luffing and Bearing
clear tion of the overtaken yacht. The provisions of this sec-
this Rule.
override Section 2 (b), Section 3 and Section 5 of
(a) Passing to Windward-Provided
that the overtaking yacht makes her over-
lap on the side opposite to that on which
the overtaken yacht then carries her main
boom, the overtaken yacht may luff as she
pleases to prevent an overtaking yacht
passing her to windward until the over-
taken yacht is in such a position that her
bowsprit end, or stem head, if she has no
bowsprit, would strike the overtaking yacht
abaft the main shrouds, when her right to
luff further from her course shall cease.
(b) Passing to Leeward-An overtaken
yacht must never bear away to prevent an-
other yacht from passing her to leeward-
the lee side to be considered that on which
the leading yacht of the two carries her
main boom. The overtaking yacht must
not luff until she has drawn clear ahead of
the yacht which she has overtaken.
7. Right-of-Way. Rights on New Course-A yacht
shall not be entitled to her rights on a new course:
(a) Until she has filled away.
(b) If she so alters her course as to in-
volve the immediate risk of fouling another
yacht which, owing to her position, cannot
keep clear.
8. Right-of-Way. Passing and Rounding Marks-
If an overlap exists between two yachts when both of
them, without tacking, are about to pass a mark on a
required side, then the outside yacht must give the inside
yacht room to pass clear of the mark.
A yacht shall not, however, be justified in attempt-
ing to establish an overlap and thus force a passage be-
tween another yacht and the mark after the latter yacht
has altered her helm for the purpose of rounding.
a other dangerous obstruction, and cannot go clear then
yacht is approaching a shore, shoal, pier, rock, vessel, by
9. Right-of-Way. Obstruction to Sea Room-When
or her course without fouling another yacht, in
altering shall, on being hailed by the Club member one
the latter of the former, at once give room; and in case to give
charge forced to tack or to bear away in order the case
yacht room, is the other shall also tack or bear away as
may be at as near the same time as is possible without
danger of fouling. But should such obstruction be a
designated mark of the course, a yacht forcing another
to tack under the provisions of this section shall be dis-
qualified. (See Rule XIX, Section 2, where this rule is
particularly referred to.)
A vessel under way (including another yacht rac-
ing) of which the yacht concerned has to keep out of the
way, ranks as an obstruction for the purpose of this rule.
RULE XIV-Accidents
Each yacht shall render every possible assistance to
any vessel or person in peril, and if in the judgment of
the Regatta Committee she shall have thereby injured her
chances of winning, they shall order the race resailed
between such yacht and the winner in her class.
RULE XIX-Disqualifications
1. Each yacht must go fairly around the course,
and in rounding each specified mark her track from the
preceding to the following mark must enclose it on the
required side. A yacht touching a mark, unless wrong-
fully compelled to do so by another yacht, shall at once
abandon the race.
2. If a yacht, in consequence of her neglect of any
of these Rules, shall foul another yacht, or compel an-
other yacht to foul any yacht, mark, or obstruction, or
to run aground, she shall be disqualified and shall pay all
damages; and any yacht which shall wrongfully cause
another to luff, bear away, or tack, in order to avoid foul-
ing, or shall without due cause compel another yacht to
give room or to tack under Section 9, Rule XII, or shall
herself fail to tack or to bear away, as required in that
by means than fair sailing and superior speed a race and
comply other with any of these Rules or attempt to win to
Section, or shall in any other way infringe or fail
skill, shall be disqualified.
clusion disqualify any yacht, should they know prior to the protest
4. The Regatta Committee shall without a
these Rules. of the race that she has committed a breach con- of
Letter to the Executive Committee Regarding
Proposed By-Law Amendments.
ENTRY LIST
1926
To the Executive Committee,
The Northeast Harbor Fleet.
Thore will be a meeting of the Executivo Committee at the
residence of this Cosaodore, Northeast Harror, on Tuesday
evening PM.
At use mosting will be discussed the forfewing proposed
annedments to the BygLaws.
I. To amond Article V. Membership, by substituting the fol-
lowing:
1. There shall be three classes of noubership: Regular
members; Family members : and Honorary members,
extend
2.The priviledges of regular nonberg to hitra individually:
the priviledges of a family neuber to all members of his
immediate failly.
3. Acandiasta for election as 3 regular or finally member
any be elected by the Comoodore or the Executive Committee.
4. The Executive Committee may, from time 3 time, elect
to Honorary rambership such persons as they consider qual-
1fied.
5. Every number of the Club shall have the right to
fly the Club flag 2 on any yacht owned or chartered by him.
6. Any member may resign from the Club by paying all dues
and giving mitton notice to the Treasurer.
II. To around Article VI, Dues, by substituting the follow-
ing.
1. The Entrance Fee shall be $10 for all members.
2. The annual dues for regular monbers shall be $10: for
family adidase $30.
III, To amend Article IX, Regatte Committee, by substituting
the following:
IX. Race Countties,
There be a Race Connittee consisting of a
chairman and five members to arrange for all Taces and cruise
of the Glub.
Respectfully yours,
ProbertE Johnson
Secretary
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
ENTRY LIST
1926
CLASS A
CLASS C
1
Mrs. Henry Parkman
21
H. W. Foote
2
Edward W. Madeira
22
Robert McInnes
3
William F. Cochran
23
E. F. and A. P. Butler, Jr.
4
E. B. Dane, Jr.
24
6
Charles D. Dickey
7
Caspar W. Morris
10
Clarence A. Warden
11
Conway Olmsted
CLASS 0
12
Charles Pratt
14
Walter Eversman
1
Lincoln Godfrey, Jr.
16
C. P. B. Jefferys
2
Miss Gertrude Olmsted
17
Gerrish H. Milliken
3
R. Gwynne Stout
18
Miss Kathleen Burke
4
Miss Christine Frazier
19
Frank D. Bain
5
Mrs. C. Bradford Fraley
21
Edwin Corning
6
Dr. E. L. Keyes
23
Alan Fox
8
Miss Elinor Thompson
24
Wharton Sinkler
9
Miss Adele Merrill
27
William J. Strawbridge
10
Miss Dolly Wentz
28
Homer L. Sweetser
11
Miss Miriam Clark
29
Walter H. Lippincott, Jr.
13
Mrs. Frederick Jordan
30
Frederick Fraley, Jr.
14
S. S. Drury, Jr.
31
Reginald C. Robbins, Jr.
16
Leonard A Yerkes, Jr.
32
Percy H. Clark, Jr.
33
John D. Rockefeller, III
34
E. Q. Trowbridge
CLASS MDI
CLASS B
2
Miss Katrina Van Dyke
1
Edgar B. Howard
3
John D. Rockfeller, III
2
Robert E. L. Johnson
4
Edsel B. Ford
3
John Tyssowski
6
William R. McAlpin
4
Dr. C. E. Briggs
12
5
L. J. Brengle, Jr.
13
Charles Lyman
6
John Fox
7
F. H. Smith
8
Mrs. John Van Pelt
9
F. W. Simmons
10
Henry D. Stebbins
11
W. Barton Eddison
12
Mrs. James Murphy
CRUISE CIRCULARS.
RESOLUTIONS Re. DETAILS OF RIG.
SEAMANSHIP RACE.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
1926
FIFTH ANNUAL CRUISE
The Fifth Annual Cruise will be held on Thursday, Friday
and Saturday August 19, 20 and 21, 1926.
It is hoped that, in addition to the Racing Classes. many
yachts will take part. Yacht owners desiring to participate
should advise the Committee on Arrangements as soon as possible.
COURSES:
The destination for Thursday August 19 is the camp of
Mr. Louis C. Madeira at Seal Cove, Blue Hill Bay. The
course is:
spar buoy No. 3 to starboard and red spar buoy No. 2 to port,
From blue and white flags at Mark A southerly, passing black
black it to and white can buoy lying southeast of Seawall Point, to
ly, passing Goose Cove Rock and Rummell's Hub to starboard, to
leaving it to starboard; thence westerly, northwesterly and Ledge, norther-
starboard; thence southwesterly to bell buoy off Long leaving
Dodge's Point; thence easterly to finish off float of Mr. Madeira.
Yachts will dress ship upon anchoring in Seal Cove.
Seal Cove.
The Courses for Friday and Saturday will be announced at
START:
Preparatory signal
10.10 a.m.
Start Class S
10.15
Start Classes A and B
10.20
Eastern Standard
Start Classes C, 0 and MDI
Time
10.25
Start Miscellaneous yachts
10.30
Eastern Daylight Saving Time will be observed after the Start.
apply.
For yachts of the Northeast Harbor Fleet, the following will
ACCOMMODATIONS:
Classes C, 0, and MDI. Crews of other boats will crews sleep aboard. boats
Accommodations will be provided ashore for in of
SUBSISTENCE:
Subsistence and messing facilities for crews of boats. in
Classes C, 0, and MDI will be furnished ashore. Crews of other
boats will mess aboard. Information concerning supplies and epuip-
ment may be secured from the Committee on Arrangements.
$5.00 each to R. K. McInnes, Southwest Harbor, to cover the cost
Members of crews in Classes C, 0, and MDI will please forward
of their food. Visiting yachts must arrange for their own accommo-
dations and subsistence.
Commodore Seth M. Milliken of the Kollegiwidgwok Yacht Club at
East Blue Hill has kindly invited the crews of the racing classes
to lunch with him on Friday August 20th. The courtesies of the
Kollegiwidgwok Yacht Club are extended to the crews of other
yachts after luncheon.
LADIES:
Ladies are cordially invited to participate in the cruise.
They are, however, requested to leave the vicinity of the camp
Seal Cove as soon as their boats have finished racing, and not at to
return until just prior to the sail of the next race.
THURSDAY AFTERNOON
1. Race for outbound Motors
2. Race for boys under 21 in dinghies.
R. K. McInnes,
Chairman, Committee on Arrangements.
At a meeting of the yacht owners in the racing classes,
the following resolutions were passed:
In all classes, boats may alter all details of rig,
provided that the sails and spars must conform in size to
the specifications of the class. Spars ordered after July
28, 1926 shall not be hollow. Sails ordered after July 28,
1926 shall be made by the authorized maker for each class.
Boats may be hauled out of the water for painting and
cleaning not more often than once in every two weeks.
These resolutions are supplementary to the Racing
Instructions but do not countermand any provisions therein.
All requirements in the Racing Instructions will be in force.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
SEAMANSHIP RACE
1926
"The only mission of a seaman's calling is
to keep ships' keels off the ground To keep
ships afloat is his business; it is his trust.' If
Conrad
DATE:
SEPTEMBER 1, 1926
Preparatory
2.25 p.m.
Start
2.35 p.m.
ENTRIES:
CLASS A ONLY (in writing)
Entries must be received before 6 p.m. August 31
by Robert E. L. Johnson, Chairman, Race Committee, Southwest
Harbor 95-2.
No post entries. No boat elgible unless duly
entered.
CONDITIONS:
ALL REGULAR RACING INSTRUCTIONS WILL GOVERN EXCEPT
AS MODIFIED HEREIN.
SPECIAL REGULATIONS
l. Crews limited to three persons, amateurs, under
21 years of age; the name of the captain to be filed with
written entry.
2. After Preparatory Signal, no crew shall communi-
cate with anyone outside their own boat, except to demand
right-of-way or to claim a foul.
boat floats off unaided.
3. Touching bottom disqualifies, whether or not the
after Preparatory Signal.
shall not be or contents examined in any way until
4. opened Sealed envelopes containing secret instructions
COURSE: Twice around triangle formed by Marks A,
X
Yachts may sail the course in either direction and
and
Y.
but at no other point. A boat so reversing, need turn round, Mark A
direction after turning Mark A on completion of first reverse
may
only once.
The navigation direct course will contain several natural
#306. structions Such direction. to obstructions may all be clearly left shown on either on hand overnment in going Chart ob-
in either
Mark A:
The usual Starting Line. The Start and
finish will be made between the Red and Blue Flags; the White
Flag shall be turned on the completion of the first round.
Marks X and Y: to be determined in accordance with
Secret Instructions which will be delivered to each captain
prior to the Preparatory Signal. The Marks will be visible
at a fair distance, but will bear no indication that they are
Racing Marks. They may be any floating object and need not
be similar. Judges will be stationed within sight of each
mark to check rounding of each mark by each boat.
Before Preparatory Signal, yachts shall anchor back
of the starting line under the superintendence of the judges
and shall remain at anchor until after the Starting Signal.
Until the Starting Signal, yachts must remain with boom in
crotch, mainsail properly furled under cover, with all usual
stops and fastenings belayed; jib and spinnaker stowed below
decks; and all halliards and sheets shipshape (as at moorings
for the night) to the satisfaction of the judges.
At Preparatory Signal sealed instructions may be
opened to determine location of marks X and Y.
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED:
U.S. Government Chart #306
Dividers
Parallel Rulers or Protractor
It is intended that the interval between the signals shall be
employed in locating marks, and determining the policy in the
race.
At Starting Signal anchor must be weighed (Hauled
on board) and carried throughout race. Sails must not be
set until Start.
RIGHT OF WAY
The usual regulations will govern.
cially They when boats going in opposite directions round marks
must be observed carefully to avoid collisions, espe-
simultaneously.
AWARD
C. Wheelwright will be awarded for one year to the
The Seamanship Cup, presented by Miss
Mary captain of the the winning yacht. It will become the permanent
property of captain first winning it twice.
Robert E. L. Johnson
Reginald C. Robbins
Edward W. Madeira
Special
Committee
Election of Vice-Commodore
Notice of Annual Meeting.
Race For Auxiliary Sloops.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of The Northeast Harbor Fleet will be
held at the residence of Mr. Louis C. Madeira, Northeast Harbor,
Maine, on Thursday evening, August 26, 1926 at 8.30 p.m. Should you
be unable to attend, please execute the attached proxy and return
it to Edward W. Madeira, Commodore, Northeast Harbor.
Robert E. L. Johnson,
Secretary.
PROXY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that I, the undersigned,
hereby constitute and appoint E. S. BURKE, JR. and EDWARD W. MADEIRA,
or either of them, attorneys and agents for me and in my name, place
and stead, to vote as my proxy at the annual meeting of THE NORTHEAST
HARBOR FLEET, to be held on Thursday, August 26, 1926, and any ad-
meeting. as fully as if I were present, giving the said attorneys and
journments thereof, upon all matters that may be brought before the
agents full power of substitution and revocation.
In witness whereof, I have set my hand and seal this
day of August, 1926.
(Seal)
Witness:
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
NORTHEAST HARBOR, MAINE
1926
31 July 1926
To the Members of the Fleet:
Announcement is made of the election
of Mr. E. S. Burke, Jr. as vice commodore of the
Northeast Harbor Fleet vice Mr. F. 0. Spedden
resigned.
Edward W. Madeira,
Commodore.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
1926
RACE FOR AUXILIARY FRIENDSHIP SLOOPS
On Friday afternoon, August 27, 1926, The Northeast Harbor Fleet
will conduct a race for auxiliary Friendship Sloops.
ENTRIES: Entries must be made to Percy H. Clark, Jr. , Secretary,
Race Committee, Northeast Harbor, on or before August 20th, and must
state:
Name of sloop
Name of owner
Water line length
ENTRANCE FEE
$1.00
START:
Preparatory signal
3.00 p.m.
(red flag and gun)
Start (white flag and gun) 3.05 p.m.
COURSES:
To be selected from Courses described in Racing Instruc-
tions The Northeast Harbor Fleet, and announced at starting line.
TIME ALLOWANCE:
To be based on Water line length under tables of New York
Yacht Club.
PRIZES:
The winning boat will receive a cash prize of $15.00 and a
pennant.
The usual racing conditions will be observed.
Percy H. Clark, Jr., ,
Secretary, Race Committee.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
NORTHEAST HARBOR, MAINE
ANNOUNCEMENTS.
The following appointments have been made by
the Commodore.
Race Committee:
Robert E. L. Johnson, Chairman
Percy H. Clark, Jr., Secretary
Frederick 0. Spedden
Henry D. Stebbins
Arthur P. Butler, Jr.
Miss Adele Merrill
Class Captains:
Class A. E. B. Dane, Jr.
Class B. L. J. Brengle, Jr.
Class C. Henry W. Foote
Class 0. R. Gwynne Stout
Class M.D.I. Miss K. Van Dyke
Robert E. L. Johnson,
Secretary.
74. Springs 75-71. and 11-1-130 Fred PITTO Wright. Best Nicholls Sandy Belmont Burr.
born. 144-143: F. A. Gilman Albermarie, 70-
Aususta. 72--74. and A. S. Hich-
Springs MeLead nolly Bernardi 2nd Wellesloy, Irving 73-73. W. 146-139 146-1'19 George Con-
of of Charles River and W. c. John
141: Frank Emmons of Waterville, Quinet and
R. L. 71-77. 18- 148 Small Rav of Beimont
wood. 74-77. Butler and Jack 75-74.
Ouimet. Norfolk 74-76 150-1413 Wilfred
Wolfeboro. N. IL. and R. G. Corpentor 149 of
and land, H. 76-75 151-143 and Dick H Muuro Payson Hackney of Port- of
Merrimae Valley 151-147 D. D. Shea of Korn-
101-145. F. Taylor of Bear Hill. of Colonial 75-70.
BOSTON Gor DIN
passa JO I pue
1.1 aut A May Asea s.
INE
Jack
SAoq III
unior
70.8 Journ CHION OUL
open
2
C.
L
low
I
ylas
a
ship
a
Cad-
at
in-
ton
or,
N
llr,
aa
ed
to
qu
I'-
JO
as
rea
1.
au
r.
01
:-
8
IP
11.1)
yo
I
INNOL 3HL LV SONIIA
-
-
Man Ave.
THE BETTER THEATRE' STILL is
Doors
at
12.30
Contineous
ANOTHER GREAT SHOW! from
1
Le/s
ON THE SCREEN:
MONTE BLUE
PATSY RUTH MILLER
in "sn THIS IS DARISH
Boston Herole
8/24
THE THREE MAINE SKIPPERS
ercival's Eastern Crew
Sails to Victory in Junior
Race Series at Marblehead
Dame Nature is trying hard to get back on speaking terms with the
chtsmen of Marblehead after the treatment that she accorded them
ring R week and Race week. As a result she provided a fine who.e-
il brecze to open the national junior championships off the North Shore
ort yesterday. The breeze which blew from the south southeast was
good wholesail strength, a little too strong if anything.
All the crews but Stamford which drew a bye sailed one race in
1e morning and another again yesterday afternoon. The result of
ne racing was a victory for "Pete" Percival and his Eastern crew, which
carried the hopes of Marblehead and the North Shore and the elimination
of the crew from the Cedarhurst Yacht Club, one of the two crews
which are tied for the championship of Long Island sound.
BEVERLY CREW
NOW IN TIE
The Beverly crew and the Wath-
wanuck Country Club crew, represen-
tatives of Narraganset: bay, are tied
with one race apiece, as are the crew's
of the Northeast Harlior racing fleet.
representing Ma'ne. and the Duxbury
Yacht Club crew. These two ties will
be salled off this morning with the win-
ner of the first match meeting the
Eastern crew in the semi-finals and the
The
Milliken
Stamford crew meeting the winner of
family
the Maine-Duxbury clash.
Seven crews reported to the regatta
Marblehead. noon after They having provided Northeast the Harbor is upholding the honor
of
committee of the Eastern Yacht Club
lost in the surprise morning. in the first day's racing of by Maine defeating in national the strong Junior Duxbury yachting crew championships in the afts
yesterday morning. These crews were
Left
to
right,
they
are,
Alida,
Seth
M.,
Jr.,
and
Martha
Milliken.
the Eastern Yacht Club crew, represent-
ing the North Shore: the Duxbury crew,
representing the South Shore: the Bev-
erly crew, representing south of Care
Cod: the Wadawanuck Country Club
of Stonington. Ct..
ercival's Eastern Crew
Sails to Victory in Junior
Race Series at Marblehead
is trying hard to get back on speaking terms with the th
Dame Nature Marblehead after the treatment that she accorded who.
chtsmen R week of and Race week. As a result she provided off the a North fine Shor
ring the national junior championships wa
ort good yesterday. wholesail to open if anything. south sailed southeast
il breeze The breeze which blew from the
the crews but Stamford which drew a bye one race i
strength, a little too strong
All and another again yesterday afternoon. The result o
1e morning was a victory for "Pete" Percival and his Eastern crew, whic
ne racing the hopes of Marblehead and the North Shore and the eliminatio
carried the crew from the Cedarhurst Yacht Club, one of the two crew
of which are tied for the championship of Long Island sound.
BEVERLY CREW
NOW IN TIE
The Beverly crew and the Wada-
wanuck Country Club crew, represen-
tatives of Narragansett bay, are tied
with one race apiece, as are the crews
of the Northeast Harbor racing fleet.
representing Maine, and the Duxbury
Yacht Club crew. These two ties will
be salled off this morning with the win-
ner of the first match meeting the
Eastern crew in the semi-finals and the
Stamford crew meeting the winner of
the Maine-Duxbury clash.
Seven crews reported to the regatta
committee of the Eastern Yacht Club
yesterday morning. These crews were
the Eastern Yacht Club crew, represent-
ing the North Shore: the Duxbury crew,
representing the South Shore: the Bev-
erly crew, representing south of Cape
Cod: the Wadawanuck Country Club
crew of Stonington, Ct., representing
Narragansett bay: the Cedarhurst and
Stamford Yacht Club crews, represent-
ing the Junior Yacht Racing Associa-
tion of Long Island sound and New
York tidal waters; and the crew from
Blue Hill bay, Maine, representing`t the
Northeast Harbor racing fleet, the larg-
est organization on the Maine coast.
The crews at once drew for competitors
and boats,
The result of the draw was as fol-
ling dust: the lows: Kotick IV match Match No. No. Beverly Wadawanuck with the Gray- San- with
1.
vs.
2, Eastern with
vs. Cedarhurst with Tinker:
match No. 3, Northeast Harbor In Stella
II vs. Duxbury in Woodcock; match No.
4. Stamford drew bye to enter semi-
finals. The crews immediately took their
boats for a half hour's sail and then
the racing was started. For the first
race the intermediate South mark was
used as the only turn.
Capt. Hovey of the Beverly crew out-
guessed Johnny Streeter at the start by
keeping the Kotick boxed and took the
honors at the start slightly ahead of his
rival. Capt. Streeter of the Wadawa-
nuck crew did not like his position and
made a long hitch up the shore with
the Beverly crew covering a little astern
but well to weather There was a great
fight up the wind between the two.
Wadawanuck tacked off first and was
just crossed by the Beverly boat.
Beverly kept on a little ways and then
tacked. Capt. Streeter then switched
back to the port tack, but was again
crossed by the Beverly boat. Beverly
stood on until she could fetch, while
Wadawanuck held further to the south-
ward before tacking. But Capt. Hovey
was still ahead when they met and led
around the buoy by 18 seconds. This
the line.
lead was opened up to 48 seconds at
MATCH NO. 1
Crew and Captain.
No. 2-Beverly Charles F. ovey
El time
No. --Wadawanuck, Jr. John Streeter,
10647
10735
MATCH NO. 2
No. 8-Eastern. Lawrence F'. Perci-
Jr.
No. Cedarhurst, C. W. Wicker-
06 37
eham
10703
MATCH NO. 3
No. 1-Duxbury, John Wilbor
No. 7-Northeast Harbor R.
1 10 19
F.
Seth M. Millikin. Jr
1 11 52
AFTERNOON RACING
MATCH NO. I
No. 2-Wadawanuck, John Streeter,
No. 14-Beverly, Charles F. Hovey 0 59 34
10011
MATCH NO. 2
No. 8--Eastern, Lawrence F. Perci-
val, Jr.
No. 3-Cedarhurst, sham C. W. Wicker- 0.58
44
1 01 11
MATCH NO. 3
No. 1-Northeast Harbor
No. Beverly The Setn Y. M. Milliken. Jr. R. F. follow 10725
7--Duxbury Y. John Wilbor 10607
crews C.: with captains and ages
aham. Cumming. Cedarhurst years: 17. 16 Charles F. Hovey 17: Wicker- Peter
17
Prescott Bigelow, Jr., captain.
Y. C.: Charles W.
16: captain, years N. L. Herrick, Jr.,
Anne To Cox. 16.
yachting - July
The racing season in Maine starts very late, and except
for the visit of the Eastern fleet the second week in July,
very little sport will be in evidence until after the middle
of the month. This applies particularly to the three yacht
clubs at Mt. Desert, the North East, Seal and Bar Harbor
organizations. At North East the fleet will number over
forty sail this year, the largest in Maine. At Bar Har-
bor there will be five new Herreshoff S Class boats and
eighteen Winslow-designed 16-footers, which Edsel Ford
started two years ago.
Minutes of Executive
Committee Meeting
July 28, 1926
-3-
The Commodore then declared that the meeting was open for
nominations for Vice Commodore.
Mr. Burke was nominated.
It was Voted:
That the nominations be closed and that the
Secretary be instructed to cast one ballot as the unanimous
ballot of the Committee for Mr. Burke as Vice Commodore.
The Secretary cast the ballot and Mr. Burke was declared
elected.
The Commodore announced the appointment of Mr. Spedden as a
member of the Executive Committee, and Vice Commodore, Mr. Burke.
The election of all members admitted to the fleet since
June 1st was ratified.
It was Voted:
That Dr. Milliken's children be authorized to
represent the Northeast Harbor Fleet at the Sears Cup Regatta at
Marblehead.
It was Voted:
That the Commodore be authorized to investigate
the matter of purchasing a new engine for the Fleet Motor Boat,
with power to make such a purchase.
It was Voted:
That the Commodore be authorized to take steps
to organize a racing association to be known by some such name
as "Mount Desert Yacht Racing Association"
-4-
It was Voted :
That the Commodore be authorized to extend invitations
the cruise to the Bar Harbor, Winter Harbor, Seal Harbor, North
to
Haven, and Sorrento Yacht Clubs and to the Tarratine Club.
There being no further business the meeting adjourned.
Robert L.Johnson
Secretary.
10
Temporary Financial Report
aug. 17, 1926.
NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
Financial Statement as of August 17, 1926
Balance, January 1, 1926,
$384.18
RECEIPTS
Initiation Fees,
200.00
Dues,
1030.00
Entrance Fees,
145.00
1375.00
$1759.18
DISBURSIMENTS
Services & Equipment of Fleet
313.25
Captain,
Motor Boat Maintenance and
169.22
Supplies,
Printing, Mimeographing and
89.19
Postage, Exchange & Typerviting,
Stationary,
12.50
Services on Notices & Reports,
23.27
Prizes, Flags,
4.74
Trucking,
1.50
613.67
Balance August 17, 1926
$1,145.51
11
northeast Harbor Fleet was held
The annual meeting of The
at 8.30 P.M. at the Residence of m
an T hursday evening, august 2
Louis C. Madeira, northeast Harbor, n
There were present the following
members of the Fleet
lu Person:
Commodare Madeira
Vice - Commodare Burke
C. P. B. Jeffries
Gauo Dunn
M. E. Peabody
S. S. Drury, Jr.
20 Barton Eddison
F. m. Haives
John Tystowski
Henry, 17. Stebbins
E. B. Dave, I
arthur P. Butler, g
Robert K. Mc Junes
alau Fox
Elisabeth Madeira
Mrs. C.B. Fraley
Miss Mary C. Wheelwright
Roberte. J. Johuson
John Fax
By proxy
Daniel B. Wenty. Jr.
Walter Eversman
W. P. B. Weeks
Elevor Thompson
S M. Milliken
Frank 9. Patterson
Roy S. Murphy
arnold Wood
Edsel B. Ford
Carroll S. upon gr
Wm. S. Grant Jr.
Commidare Madeira assumed
the chair
1.
the annual meeting of 1925 was
The reading of the menutes of
2.
Reports of officers
des pensed with by a motion.
Commodore: Reported that the 192
se ason had been very succesful
Treasurer. Reported favorable
of the Elect finances.
Chairman, Race Committee Mention
regular and special events for t
season.
13
3. Election of officers :
nominated seconded, and elected.
The following officers were
Commodore : Edward W. Madeira
Vice -Commidare: E. S Burke, Jr.
Rear-commuters Charles Dickey
Secretary Roberte L Johnson
treasurer Gerrish H. Milliken
4.
unfinished Business -
none
5. New Business:
A he report of the Race
Committee chairman was accepted
by a motion
after some discussion it
was decided that details of rig
with the wishes of the Race Committee
be strickly limited in accordence
a motion that the Secretary
reg for B boats was lost
get particulars regarding Marcine
The discussion about a
clut House then followed. Commodor
Madeira said that it was not
practical as yet. sentiment fav-
bred a boat house and club
T4
similar to the one at Seal Harb
a motion that the Race Committee
attempt to post the results of
the races on the same day in
an appropriate place, was passed
a motion was made, seconded
and passed that a committee of
to the Fleet by any. 1, the society
three (3) be appointed to report
and advis ability of a clut House
and Mr. Burke were then appoint
Miss m C. wheelwright Mr. Fox,
to the above Committee.
a motier was made seconded
be sent to Mr. a. P. B utter for
and passed that a vote of thank
his services as Refeace for the
races
then adjurned
Roberte J. Johnson
Secretary
ty
a
17
Protest of us B*10, #11, #12.
8/25/26
Protest upheld by F.O.A.
1310,11,+12 Fox
disqualified.
MANSET
MAINE
august 26, 1926
Chairman of the Regatta Committee
northeast Harbor Fleat
Dear Sir:-
I John for, wish to file a protest against
B 12, B11, and 310 for fouling me at the
starting line in the rad of Wed august 25th
The circumstances of the forling
closehauld in such a fashion as to carry
follow: We were couring up to the line
us close by the mark. J he above-
mentioned boats were running for be
same mark (the whiteflag) with sheet
started, B12 being the lovard boat between and
3co the windward boat. B " was
the two. See diagram:
(next page)
viogram no.
I
JOHN Fox
MANSET
MAINE
&
BLO white
Bu
5
starting line
D
Biz
06
of
fwind
Diagram me
2
white
line
3 10
A
BID
B 126
Diagram no
3
othersidefor
Bll
DB
B12
diagram moth
wind
B6
0 cagran no
4
JOHN Fox
MANSET
MAINE
We than hailed 12 for right of way
which she did not and could not gaul us
whereupon we hit not being able to give
way ourselves because of the very light
breeze. (See diagram no 21)
in warning off a bit touched our stern with
Bizthen drifted astern of us and Bii
his low and our boom fouided his fore-stay.
(see deaground us []]]
Bil then went astern of us whereupon we
colleded with B 10 as he rounded the buoy
whereupon we went about under BIO 'S
stern as soon as we got clear
( See diagram no
4
Respectfully submitted,
)
John For
I -
3000 gabred 56 n your 1908
- SPORTRE #, Purpose
9199106 do STATE 1920 fecous State 230
(x)
:X XHAM
open 133 an X attack nos? ation
relating
THE
segned
% of The yourd Tage see (i)
gabrage no
your
setting
pars an golyoer (d)
thanks 12010 gallings that your legs
guireed
an Mdall .0 blastgas
estoball .1 Extension
.08 3272mm23 Izfanq3
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
1
SEAMANSHIP RACE
1926
-
SECRET INSTRUCTIONS
MARK X:
Equidistant from the following:
Seawall Point
Northwest Point of Baker's Island
Seal Harbor Gas buoy
Mark Y
Ranges
(a) Long Point, Great Cranberry Island, ranging on spindle
off north shore, Great Cranberry Island, and northeast shore,
Greening's Island: bearing NW
(b) Spurling Rock black spar buoy
Islesford Harbor
ranging on red spar buoy #4 on Bowden Ledge; bearing NNE
MARK X:
Bears from Mark X NEW mag., 337° true.
Ranges
(a) Red spar buoy #2 off entrance to Northeast Harbor
ranging on Gilpatrick's Lodge spindle; bearing WxiN
(b) Northwesterly point, Sutton's Island ranging on red
spar buoy #4Aoff Spurling Point, Great Cranberry Island;
bearing SW3/8S
Robert E.L.Johnson
Reginald C. Robbins
Edward W. Madeira
Special Committee.
VITATIONS W. HAMILTON.
MWS6t
au 23
SPEND YOUR VACATION
IN SORRENTO. MAINE, near Bar Harbor, at
OCEAN VISTA HOTEL. Modern hotel with
wonderful view of ocean and hills. American
plan. Dinner menu consisting CI shore. chicken
and steak dinners. Rates reasonable.
27t
jy 22
ADAMS CAMPS
KEZAR LAKE, NORTH LOVELL, MAINE
Ideal spot for autumn vacation: quiet. reat-
ful. attractive scenery One fishing and hunting:
excellent table. Rates $20. Camps to let. Ad.
dreax E. E. MAXFIELD
WSM6t au 18
THE BEECHES, Paris Hill, Me.
An exclusive country house on a Maine hill-
top. with beautiful view, gardons and pine
groves. Always cool, always quiet. For rest
and recuperation unexcelled. Magnificent Autumn
follage. Booklet
SMWOt (2465B) au 14
LAKEVIEW AND LOG CABINS
Summer boarders wanted. In between the Bel-
grade chain of lakes. E. H. CROWELL, Oak-
land. Me., R 34. Box 56.
SMW: au 28
NEW HAMPSHIRE
Year Round Hospitality
'HU and 07 penuum aut up 74911
punoi any
IO 8 pot drystey
up 'M
the SAup MOJ e pue an
un uoseas 947 JO JO euo SBM
21 ann dnp PAUMATH
hoj OUL
aute
047 payerd JO our
anq JO aut up "
JO a 047 up you
18 the 0.10M
sp.1000.I IIV SH JO UTU)
- 047 Sup IIIM Replace uo pur
sade IIIM sit
uo Sixjs JOAO
- TO 1580 7852
- 947 OUT
JOQU'T
KEME pure Ams us mun
uop up year
100 047 07 'enp '71 SAVE
01 aut SI pue plou up asu[ 9
.4769 eut pensn se
pue up sp MON 047
costes our JO 05010 OUT
LEAS 'n &8
88 II!M Guiyono 100g
And dng 14.8! ul
puejs
pue pue
WORL LSVOO
NMOC STTO NOSVES
HO ISOTO
6
20
21
Meeting of the Executive Committee
Sept. 5, 1926
a meeting of the Executive Committe
of the northeast Harbor Fleet was
held at the residence of the Commodo
at 8 15 P.M.
The following were present.
Commidore Madura
Rear commudare Dickey.
Mr. Milliber
Mrs. W heelwright
Mrs. Esaley
Iu the absence of the secretary,
Mr. Peabody
Mr. Peabody acted in that capacity
and Mr. Duen are considering the
It was reported that Mr. Spedden
purchase of boats of a semilar
design for next year.
Resolved that if these gratternes
purchase such boats, a new clas
be organized by the Race com.
mitlee
was discussed.
1 he question of marcone rigs
2
Resolved that the Chairman
the sense of the class B owner
of the Race Committe determine
in the matter of adapting the
Marconi rig
Further resolved that class a
remain as at present.
the matter of discontinuing
classes C of m D. I was discusse
Resolved that class C be dis
continued
Further resolved that the
Commidare coufer with the tea
Harbor yacht club in regard t
the continuance of Class M. D.S
Resolved that the Commodore
secure bids for the construction
of new boats for class A, B & O
Resolved that the standard
Class a be referred to a special
of rigging and constructure in
committee of : the commidare
the Rear. commodore
Wr Peabody
club House committee
Mrs. Aaley was appointed to th
23
Resolved that article I of the By
Laws be amcuded so that it
shall read: "the officers of the club
shall be a commidare, a Vice Commida
a Treasurer.
a Rear Commutors, a secretary and
Resolved that article III, Section I
of the By Laws be amended torea
commidare commidare, Secreta
The duties for the com widore Vice
and Preasurer shall be those
usually pertaining to the office of
President, Vice Presidents, secretary
and Erea rurer respectively
Committee that a site had been
mr. Iraley reported for the Hour
investigated which can be secured
from mr Williben on satisfactory
terms 1 he site is located on the
we west of Cornings Point. 4 here
has been difficulty in securing a
right of way.
Resolved that the A bet become a
member of the mt. Desert y. R. a and
that the commodare be appointed
as delegate.
Resolved that the Commodare
and the secretary issue a
very year book
that the Race Commit
arrange for an auxiliary Friend
ship sloop race to be held me
without time allowence.
year on a "bout for boat" bases
There being no further basi
the meeting adjurned at 9.40 P.M
M.E. Peabody
Secretary Pro-tem
25
Data Letter of New Boats
a, B, + O.
Oct. 9.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
Office of Commodore
School House Lane,
Germantown, Philadelphia.
20th October, 1926.
SUBJECT: RACING YACHTS FOR 1927.
Arrangements have been completed for the construction
of new racing yachts for those who want them next year. Prompt
action is necessary as the builders are very busy and it is not
easy to have new boats built.
CLASS A.
Class A boats will be built by Rice Brothers Corporation of
East Boothbay, Maine, who built the new boats last year. The price
is 1750. This firm will construct these boats only if they are
ordered immediately.
CLASS B
There are now 6 boats in Class B already constructed at
Rice Brothers yards. These boats may be purchased at $1580.
each.
CLASS 0
Class U boats are to be constructed by Chester E. Clement of
Southwest Harbor, Maine. They will cost $925 each unless 5 are
constructed in which case they will cost $875 each. The price
quoted however does not include sails which cost $75 per set. If
you order a boat sails will be ordered at the same time.
Last year the Fleet arranged to have each boat equipped at
cost with the following articles:
4 Life Preservers
1 Compass
1 Fog Horn
1 Anchor
1 Anchor Rode
If you desire these articles please advise me.
#2.
CLASS MDI
I shall appreciate it if the owners of MDI boats will let
me know if they expect to race them regularly next year. Because
of the lack of interest shown in the past year, the Executive Commit-
tee has given some consideration to discontinuing the Class next year.
The Class howev.r will not be discontinued if yacht owners show the
same interest as is shown in other classes.
NEW CLASS
Some thought has been given to the establishment of a class
of yachts larger than the present Class A, perhaps similar to Class
S which is now established at several points of the coast. If you
are interested in promoting such a Class please advise mo.
In closing I urge upon you the importance of quick action
if you desire a new yacht for next year.
Respectfully submitted,
EDWARD W. MADEIRA,
Commodore.
26
Commodore's Letter of
1927 Plans.
"ef. 7.
Certification of "a". fails
Causeus Pratt
NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
Northeast Harbor
Maine
February 7, 1927.
TO ALL MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE:
I have been giving some thought to the proper organization
of the Fleet for the coming year. I realize that in the past I
assumed too much of the work; as a result, there has been no proper
organization. My tentative scheme, at present, is this:
To ask Vice-Commodore Burke to take charge of all plans and
measures having to do with the proposed club house. I realize that
the club house matter is quiescent at the present time, but I feel that
it will come up again from time to time. Mr. Burke will be prepared
to answer any arguments in favor of the club house with a knowledge of
the situation as it exists.
To ask Rear Commodore Dickey to assume general supervision
of all racing competitions and cruises. In this capacity, be will
be
assisted by Mr. Robert Johnson as chairman of the Race Committee. Mr.
Dickey will have the responsibility of forming the proper policy and
Mr. Johnson will have the responsibility of carrying this policy out.
Mr. Milliken will continue to look after the financial mat-
ters.
Mr. Johnson will continue to look after the secretarial duties.
To ask Mrs. C. Bradford Fraley to take charge of the super- -
vision of the cups and trophies. These cups are in the hands of various
persons and I think that it would be wise to have somebody whose chief
responsibility would be to see that the cups are delivered and returned
at the
-2-
proper time.
In this connection, it is interesting to know that the
Class B. Trophy, which was presented in 1923, is now the permanent pro-
perty of Mr. Robert Johnson, as he has won the trophy twice. It will
necessary, therefore, to procure a new Class B Trophy for next year.
To ask Miss Wheelwright to supervise conditions in the Anchor-
age
at
Northeast Harbor. There are many improvements which the Fleet
C
bring about in the Anchorage which will materially add to the convenience
of visiting yachtsmen, and I believe that Miss Wheelwright, because of t
location of her house at the mouth of the harbor, will be able to take
charge of this work.
To ask Mr. Peabody to take charge of the soliciting of new mem-
bers.
In this work, he will be assisted by a committee if he so desires
There are one or two other matters which should be given some
consideration at the present time.
l.
THE JUNIOR CHAMPIONSHIP AT MARBLEHEAD
Last year, Dr. Milliken's children, acting under the authority
of the Executive Committee, represented the Northeast Harbor Fleet in the
Junior Championship Regatta for the Sears's Cup held under the auspices of
the Their entry was the first appear-
Eastern Yacht Club at Marblehead.
ance of a crew from Maine. We have an opportunity this year of conduct-
ing a regatta to determine the Maine champion, who will represent that
State cup If we determine to conduct
in the Sear's races at Marblehead.
such a regatta, we will, no doubt, receive a certain amount of favorable
publicity. There will, however, be a certain amount of work connected
with the Regatta.
-3-
2.
THE MIXED DOUBLES' REGATTA OF the NAHANT DORY CLUB.
Last year, the Nahant Dory Club, under the direction of Mr. Louis
Curtis, invited the Fleet to participate in the Mixed Doubles' Regatta
which is held for Star boats at Nahant. I believe that we will receive
an invitation to participate this year. Should we send an entry to this
Regatta? There is here also an opportunity for valuable publicity, but
with a corresponding amount of effort.
3. PUBLICITY
I think the Fleet should have some one who is definitely respon-
sible for seeing that proper publicity is sent to the various yachting
magazines. If the Regatta Committee have any ideas as to whom this person
should be, I should appreciate their communicating with me.
4. GENERAL POLICY OF THE FLEET
I am between two fires. I am anxious to keep the Fleet as
simple and "nautical" as possible, but, on the other hand, we have the
largest fleet east of Marblehead, and I should like to bring this fact to
the minds of the people, particularly when so many little clubs are mak-
ing so much noise about nothing.
5.
MOUNT DESERT YACHT RACING ASSOCIATION
Under the leadership of the Northeast Harbor Fleet, the Mount
Desert Yacht Racing Association has been formed of the Northeast Harbor
Fleet, Bar Harbor Yacht Club, and Sorrento Yacht Club. The purpose of
this Association is to secure representation in the national body, the
North American Yacht Racing Union. I am now waiting to hear from the
Union that the Mount Desert Yacht Racing Association has been elected to
membership. The Mount Desert Yacht Racing Association is the first body
from Maine to apply for membership in the national body.
--
6.
6.
THE YEAR BOOK
The Fleet Year Book is in proof and will be issued in a
few weeks.
I shall be pleased to hear from the members of the Executive
Committee on the various points which I have brought up in this letter.
I shall appreciate deeply any ideas which any member of the Committee
may have.
Tauned a Madena
EDWARD W. MADEIRA
Commodore
2107 Packard Bldg.
Philadelphia, Pa.
We, Cousens & Pratt, of Boston, Massachusetts,
Sailmakers, hereto certify that all the sails made by us
in the past for the members of Class "A" and Class "0"
in the Northeast Harbor Fleet have been of the standard
size, material and workmanship as specified for those
classes; and we further certify that the sails which we
are now making for Class " A " to wit; sails #4 for Mr.
E. B. Dane, Jr.; #18 for Mr. B. S. Burke, Jr.; #37 for
Mr. Harper Sibley; #38 for Mr. Edsel B. Ford; #40 for
Mrs. Frederick Fox; /41 for Mr. A. P. Butler; #42 for
Mr. Harry G. Haskell, and #43 and #44 are of the standard
size, material and workmanship as specified for that
class.
(Date) I feel 2,1927,
Exec. Committee Letter regarding
Paid secretary
mt. Desert y R.A.
a member of
u. a. y. R.A.
May 3.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
Northeast Harbor
Maine
Edward W. Madeira
Commodore
Philadelphia, Pa.
2107 Packard Bldg.,
April
1927.
TO THE MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.
Some difficulty has been encountered in making
arrangements for the administration of the races at North-
east Harbor this year. The work of keeping the records
and doing all the work incidental to the races requires a
good deal of time and energy. No one seems available who
will carry on this work as a volunteer, and indeed, the
work is more than we can reasonably require of one who
gets no compensation for his services.
It has therefore been proposed that a college
student who has the proper back ground, both as regards
racing information and as regards personal qualifications,
should be engaged at a reasonable salary.
Before taking this step, I should like to have
an expression of opinion from the members of the Executive
Committee. Will you therefore be good enough to let me
know how you feel in the matter?
and
Very truly yours,
(Sgd. ) Edward W. Madeira.
9/13
Commodore.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
Northeast Harbor
Maine
Edward W. Madeira
Commodore
2107 Packard Bldg.,
May 3, 1927.
Philadelphia, Penna.
TO THE MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
Information has been received to the effect
that the Mount Desert Yacht Racing Association of which
the Fleet is one of the charter members, has been elected
to membership in the North American Yacht Racing Union,
the national body having to do with yacht racing.
Respectfully,
(Sgd.)
Edward W. Madeira.
Commodore.
EWM:M
SEAMANSHIP RACE INSTRUCTIONS.
1927.
TO
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
SEAMANSHIP RACE
1927
SECRET INSTRUCTIONS
MARK X:
Equidistant from the following:
Baker's Island Light
Seal Harbor Gas Buoy
Southwesterly shore of Little Gott's Island
Ranges:
(a) Spurling Point, Great Cranberry Island, ranging on
mouth of Long Pond, Mt. Desert: bearing NE 7/16 N
(b) Gilpatrick's Cove entrance ranging on Southwest point
of Greening's Island: bearing NxEE
(c) Spurling Rock Black Spar #1, Islesford Harbor,
ranging on Southeasterly shoal of East Bunker's Ledge: bearing ENE
(d) South side of Deadman's Point, Great Cranberry Island,
ranging on Baker's Island Light: bearing ExS 3/8 S
(e) Sea Wall Point ranging on northerly head of Fernald's
cove: bearing N 3/16 W.
MARK Y:
Equidistant from the following:
Sea Wall Point
East end of Sutton's Island
Southwest corner of Jordan's Pond, Mt. Desert
Ranges:
East Bunker's (a) Northeast Ledge Beacon: Harbor bearing entrance SEXEE Red Spar #4 ranging on
South East (b) point Bunker's of Head, Great Cranberry
Western Way: bearing Greening's SXEE Island: and Island, Red Spar ranging #4 A in on
East end (c) of Head Great of Gott's Bunker's Island: Cove, Mt. Desert, ranging on
bearing
SSW
1/8
S
Robert E. L. Johnson
Reginald C. Robbins
Edward W. Madeira
Special Committee.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
SEAMANSHIP RACE
1927 1938
"The only mission of a seaman's calling is
to keep ships' keels off the ground
To keep
ships afloat is his business; it is his trust."
Conrad.
DATE: August 3, 1927.
Warning
2:20 p.m.
White flag
Preparatory
2:25 p.m.
Code flag "P"
Start
2:35 p.m.
Code flag "A"
ENTIRES: CLASS "A" ONLY (in writing)
Entries must be received before 6 p.m. July 31 by
Robert E. L. Johnson, Chairman, Race Committee, Southwest
Harbor 95-2. No post entries. No boat eligible unless duly
entered.
CONDITIONS:
ALL REGULAR RACING INSTRUCTIONS WILL GOVERN EXCEPT
AS MODIFIED HEREIN.
SPECIAL REGULATIONS
1.
Crews limited to three persons, amateurs, under
21 years of age; the name of the captain to be filed with written
entry.
2. After Preparatory Signal, no crew shall communi-
cate with anyone outside their own boat, except to demand right-
of-way or to claim foul.
3. Touching bottom disqualifies, whether or not the
boat floats off unaided.
4.
Sealed envelopes containing secret instructions
shall not be opened or contents examined in any way until after
Preparatory Signal.
COURSE: Once around triangle formed by Marks A, X and Y.
Yachts may sail the course in either direction.
The direct course will contain several natural ob-
structions to navigation all clearly shown on government Chart
#306. Where a choice exists, such obstructions may be left
on either hand in going in either direction.
White
to port; at finish, leave Blue to port and White to starboard:
Flags only. At start, leave Blue to starboard and White
Mark A: The usual Starting Line, using the Blue and
no matter which way you sail the course.
prior to the Preparatory Signal. The Marks will be visible at
Secret Instructions which will be delivered to each captain
Marks X and Y: to be determined in accordance with
Marks. a fair distance, but will bear no indication that they are Racing
Judges will be stationed within sight of each mark to check
They may be any floating ob ject and need not be similar.
rounding of each mark by each boat.
shall the starting line under the superintendence of the judges and
Before Preparatory Signal, yachts shall anchor back of
the remain at anchor until after the Starting Signal.
Until
Starting Signal, yachts must remain with boom in crotch,
fastenings belayed; jib and spinnaker stowed below decks; and all
mainsail properly furled under cover, with all usual stops and
the satisfaction of the judges.
halliards and sheets shipshape (as at moorings for the night) to
At Preparatory Signal, sealed instructions may be opened
to determine location of marks X and Y.
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED:
U. S. Government Chart #306
Dividers
Parallel Rulers or Protractor
It is intended that the interval between the signals shall be
employed in locating marks, and determining the policy in the race.
At Starting Signal anchor must be weighed (hauled on
board) and carried throughout the race. Sails must not be set or
loosed in any way until start. No matter where the judges may have
found it convenient to line up the competing boats at anchor, all
must cross the official Starting Line at Mark A in the proper
direction before proceeding to sail the course.
RIGHT OF WAY
The usual regulations will govern.
They must be observed carefully to avoid collisions, especially
when boats going in opposite directions round marks simultaneously.
AWARD The Seamanship Cup, presented by Miss Mary C.
Wheelwright will be awarded for one year to the captain of the
winning yacht. It will become the permanent property of the
captain first winning it twice.
Robert E. L. Johnson
JOHN
Reginald C. Robbins
Edward W. Madeira
Special Committee.
(
sid GAT MM 00 MUST prox TO Store
" 20 Food DETO no THEY suge? or 9700 me at ST
test? elogy . sports #2 water wa's will
of basis tests 8mlm TOO good of ellutorso boods no19
.&
states miller a other blove
and somado pas of of othilard for od .
.bolded WTA per
ARTIGAN .If CHANGE
POLO
in
The Northeast Harbor Fleet
Northeast Harbor,
Maine.
April 2, 1927.
YACHT RACING PREPAREDNESS
The following article by E. Jared Bliss is taken from the
Boston Evening Transcript of April 17, 1926, and is reprinted by
permission for the information and assistance of the racing classes
of The Northeast Harbor Fleet:
"Suggestions are made with respect to standing rigging,
spars and sails when tuning up the small yacht for racing.
Standing Rigging
1. See that the main rigging is taut enough to stay the
mast; but never be so taut as to take all the strain placed on the
mast, for the mast should always bear some of the strain.
2. The jib stay should be taut enough to prevent the jib
from sagging off too far to leeward and should prevent the mast from
raking too far aft.
3. Remember that by tightening or slacking up on the jib
or head stay the rake of the mast can be changed, which will often
greatly alter the balance and speed of the boat. On a Marconi rig
the more forward the rake of the mast the greater the fullness in the
mainsail. Likewise on a Marconi a rake aft will tend to flatten
the sail.
The Spars
Unless the spars are especially designed to curve some
way or other, great care should be taken to keep them straight, as
a buckled or unintentionally curved spar will do as much as any
other one thing to totally ruin the set of a sail. A change in the
halyard or sheet leads or brindles is usually the best way to correct
any tendency of the boom or gaff to buckle or bend.
1. Never haul out a new sail on the boom or gaff more
than "hand taut".
2. Never roll up wet or damp sails into a snug furl and
then put the cover on. If it is impossible to dry before furling,
roll and tie them up loosely, leave the cover off and hoist them
to dry the following morning or as soon as dry weather will permit. the
If, on the other hand, the sail is dry, furl it snugly and put
waterproof cover on.
3. If possible, always slack up the lashings or out-
hauls on the boom and gaff after the sail has been used.
#2.
4. A racing seil should, after using, be urbent and
taken ashore where it can better be kept dry end clean. If the
sails are left on the boat, whether they are used for racing or not,
to keep them in the best condition they should be frequently aired
and dried; for, while a sail cover keeps out the rain, it cannot
prevent the dampness from getting in, and it also retains the heat
by preventing any circulation of air.
5. The fullness or draft of the sails should be increased
velocity of the wind increases the harder the sails should be jigged
in light air, but decreased in 8 stiff breeze; hence as fast as the
or swayed up on the halyards.
The Jib
l. Make sure that the iib stay is not so slack that the
jib will sag off to leeward as this would mean a tremendous loss
in driving power, and likewise tend to pull the boat off to leeward.
2. For the same reason never permit the leech to be pulled
in so as to form an inward curve at the after end of the sail, which
would prevent or retard the free escape of the wind from the sail and
thus tend to force the boat astern rather than ahead.
3. The jib sheet should always place a greater strain on
the foot of the sail, pulling it flat aft, than on the leech.
The Mainsail
1. The mainsail should be hauled out on the boom and gaff
until the after leech is flat and smooth, with the fullness along
the luff.
2. The mainsail should be securely and closely laced or
otherwise fastened to the boom and geff in order that the strain will
not come entirely on the corners of the sail, such as the throat,
tack, peak and clew, for otherwise wrinkles will spread out from
these corners and the sail will soon lose its shape.
3. Remember that the most common fault in the setting of
a mainsail is not to hoist the peak high enough. When the sail
is
properly hoisted the wrinkles along the luff should exten? from peak
to peak.
4. Always remember that the set or surface of an ideal,
or perfect, seil should be in the form of a parabolic or bird's-
wing-shaped curve, the greatest depth of which from a straight line
between the mast and leech being about one-quarter the distance from
the mest, end the depth of the curveture in the seil about one-
fifteenth of the width across the Jail.
General Rules for the Small Yacht
These suggestions were designed for the help of the novice
at yacht racing. They are suggestions which have but very few, if
any, exceptions and it is hoped that they will be found absolutely
"fool
proof" and safe to follow at all times. They do not attempt
to do more than suggest a safe and sane procedure for the amateur
in the handling and sailing of his boat on the day of a race.
#3.
Before the Start
1. Have the boat in the best possible condition by
bottom and top sides of the hull; (b) keeping the inside of the
(a) removing all marine growth or roughness of any sort from the
hull dry and clean with all ballast and equipment properly stowed; free
running rigging to see that it is in proper working order,
from signs of weakness or wear; (d) examining and testing the of
(c) seeing that the standing rigging is properly set up and
out the sails on the boom and gaff, repairing any rips or tears,
adequate strength, and not worn or chafed; (e) properly hauling
the fitting light sails for ease and quickness of handling during the race.
and or replacing the battens; (f) opening and arranging
2. Sail your boat around before the start in order (a)
to that the sails are setting properly; (b) to find out if
anything see on board needs to be changed or corrected before the race;
(c) to ellow the helmsman and the crew time to perform without
haste such necessary duties as (1) the reading of the circular,
(2) the comparison of their watches with the guns or whistles,
(3) a careful study and check-up on the c ourse, (4) a decision on
the maneuvers to be followed at the start.
The Start
1. When the starting signal is given, cross the line
ahead of the fleet with your sails full and the boat moving at
full speed.
2. In a start to windward make sure to place yourself
in the weather berth as you cross the line, unless by taking one
tack you can safely cross the bow of the leading boat on the opposite
tack, which maneuver would automatically place you to windward and
ahead.
3. In a start to leeward plan to keep a little to wind-
ward of the course to the next mark if you crossed the line at the
weather end, but if you crossed at the leeward end keep clear of
the fleet to prevent them from breaking up your wind.
After the Start
1. Always keep the boat moving.
2. Always keep the boat on her lines.
3. Always keep the crew from moving about too quickly
or from shifting their weight unnecessarily so as to put the boat
off her lines or knock the wind out of her sails in light air.
4. Never yank on the sheets if it is possible to haul
them evenly.
5.
Do not slam your boat about.
6. Feel your boat by the tiller and alter the trim
of the hull or sails accordingly.
7. Know the whereabouts of your opponents and what they
are doing.
8.
Figure out their probable course of action and then
adapt your own to defeat their a ims, carefully considering the ef-
fects of the wind, tide, and the general conditions.
9. Know the rules under which you are racing and how
best to take advantage of them.
#4.
If Ahead
l. Always keep between the second boat and the mark.
2. Never split tacks with the second boat or the fleet,
but if the fleet tacks away from you, always tack with them.
3. Take extra precautions against fouls, especially give
marks of the course a safe berth.
4. Never take any unnecessary chances in selecting your
course of action unless the second boat is overtaking you, in which
case you must use every trick you know to keep her behind.
5. Remember that the race is not won until the finish line
is crossed.
If Behind
l. Watch for the possibility of outwitting the fleet as
a
whole or in part, for they are often blindly following the leaders.
2. Unless an unusual opportunity offers itself of avoid-
ing sailing through the fleet (such as a good opportunity to take a
chance by splitting tacks) concentrate first on beating your nearest
competitor ahead of you, then tackle the next, and so on up the line.
It is far more effective to focus your attention on one boat at a
time than to divide it among a whole fleet.
3. Plan ahead carefully to keep your mind clear and to
avoid getting into a luffing match.
4. Do not hesitate to take any reasonable chance when
you are behind.
EDWARD W. MADEIRA,
Commodore,
2107 Packard Building,
Philadelphia, Pa.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
1926-27
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
RACING INSTRUCTIONS
1927
The Northeast Harbor Fleet
Racing Instructions
1927
so
RACING RULES
The Racing Rules of the North American Yacht Racing
Union will be in force, modified only in so far as is provided
in these instructions.
These Racing Rules are contained in the year book of the
North American Yacht Racing Union, which may be obtained
from Ernest Stavey, Secretary, N. A. Y. R. U., 80 Broadway,
New York, at $3.00 a copy; or, annual membership in the
N. A. Y. R. U., which carries with it a copy of the year book,
may be secured by sending Mr. Stavey $5.00.
Extracts from these Racing Rules are appended hereto.
These rules differ in some respects from the rules in force last
year.
Each class will observe its own class regulations.
CREWS
Corinthians, except as hereinafter provided.
SAILS AND EQUIPMENT
Working sails and spinnakers only. Spinnakers may be
carried only with tack fastened to spinnaker pole at outboard
end, and with inboard end of pole resting on mast.
Each yacht must carry a suitable anchor and rode, a com-
pass, a fog horn and one life preserver for each person on board.
3
THE
NORTHEAST HARBOR
FLEET
NORTHEAST HARBOR
COURSES 1923
SEAL HARBOR
T
BEAR
GREENINGS MARK "A"
ESE 3 1/8 mi.
IS.
START
MARK"B"
HORTH
SUTTONS IS.
mi.
M
WTO
MARK
MARK "D"
lmi.
LITTLE CRANBERRY IS.
GT. CRANBERRY
15.2
COURSES
Courses will be announced by the display of numbered
flags on Committee Boat. Course flag for Class S, Class A
and Class B will be displayed at warning signal; for Class o
and Class MDI at preparatory signal for Class O.
No. 1. From starting line at Mark A easterly to Mark
B, leaving it to starboard; thence westerly to Mark D, leaving
it to starboard; thence northeasterly to finish at Mark A.
No. 2. Reverse of No. 1, leaving marks to port.
No. 3. From starting line at Mark A easterly to Mark B,
leaving it to starboard; thence westerly to Mark C, leaving it
to starboard; thence northerly to finish at Mark A.
No. 4. Reverse of No. 3, leaving marks to port.
No. 5. From starting line at Mark A southerly to Mark
C, leaving it to starboard; thence westerly to Mark D, leaving
it to starboard; thence northeasterly to finish at Mark A.
No. 6. Reverse of No. 5, leaving marks to port.
No. 7. From starting line at Mark A southerly to Mark
C, leaving it to starboard; thence westerly to Mark D, leaving
it to starboard; thence northeasterly to White Mark at Mark
A, leaving it to starboard; thence to Marks C and D as before;
from Mark D to finish at Mark A.
No. 8. Reverse of No. 7, leaving marks to port.
No. 9. From starting line at Mark A easterly to Mark B,
leaving it to starboard; thence southerly to whistling buoy
lying southeast of Baker Island, leaving it to starboard; thence
westerly to black and white can buoy lying southeast of Seawall
Point, leaving it to starboard; thence northerly to finish at
Mark A.
No. 10. Reverse of No. 9, leaving marks to port.
NOTE.-The starting line of Course No. 9 and the finish
line of Course No. 10 will be the usual line for the course to
and from Mark B; the starting line of Course No. 10 and the
finish line of Course No. 9 will be the usual line for the course
to and from Mark D.
5
STARTING AND FINISHING LINE
(As indicated in the following diagram)
to southern Harbor. The northern mark flies a the red entrance flag, the
Northeast Consists of three marks forming a triangle off
a white flag and the western a blue flag.
To and from
RED MARK
MARK "C3
To and from
BLUE MARK
MARK "B"
To and from
MARK "D;
STARTING LINE E
FINISHING LINE
N
WHITE MARK
YACHTS MUST KEEP CLEAR OF STARTING AREA
UNTIL PREPARATORY SIGNAL FOR THEIR CLASS
TIME LIMIT
Three hours from the starting signal for each class, except
for Courses Nos. 9 and 10, which shall be sunset. No races
will be resailed.
FOULS
In case of a foul, a yacht clearly at fault shall withdraw
from the race.
PROTESTS
Protests must be in writing and placed in the hands of the
or Secretary of the Committee before 6 P. of M. the of
the Chairman day following the race in which the alleged violation
racing rules was committed.
UNFAVORABLE WEATHER
of unfavorable weather, races will be then, postponed will be
until the next telephone operator at the in question
In case day, and if they cannot be sailed Rock End Hotel,
whether or not the race will be 6 sailed.
Northeast cancelled. Harbor, The will know at 1 P. M. on the day
CONDITIONS FOR REGULAR RACES
Dates
July Series:
Friday, July 15th
Tuesday, July 26th
Tuesday, July 19th
Friday, July 29th
Friday, July 22nd
August Series:
Tuesday, August 2nd
Tuesday, August 23rd
Friday, August 5th
Friday, August 26th
Tuesday, August 9th
Tuesday, August 30th
Friday, August 12th
Friday, September 2nd
Tuesday, August 16th
Classes
Class S
Herreshoff 21 foot class.
Class A
Northeast Harbor 17 foot class.
Class B
Manchester-Islesboro 171/2 foot class.
Class O
Northeast Harbor 15 foot class.
Class MDI
Mount Desert Island 17 foot class (in asso-
ciation with Seal Harbor Yacht Club).
CREWS
In July Series
One professional is permitted on each yacht but may not
handle tiller.
In August Series
One professional is permitted on each yacht on which there
is no other person over 14 years. In such case he must not
handle tiller.
ENTRIES
ENTRIES MUST BE OWNED BY MEMBERS OF THE NORTH-
EAST HARBOR FLEET, except in Class MDI, where entries must
be owned by members of either The Northeast Harbor Fleet
or the Seal Harbor Yacht Club.
ENTRANCE FEE
Entrance fee of $5.00 for each yacht is payable immedi-
Southwest Harbor, Me. A yacht is not entitled to credit for
ately to Robert E. L. Johnson, Chairman, Race Committee,
participation in races until her entrance fee is paid.
RACING NUMBERS
Each yacht must carry her racing number. Information
concerning racing numbers may be obtained from the Chair-
man or Secretary of the Race Committee.
STARTS
Warning
White flag
Preparatory Class S
2.15 . M.
Code flag P
2.20 P.M.
Start Class S
Preparatory Class A
Code flag S
2.25 P. M.
Start Class A
Preparatory Class B
Code flag A
2.30 P. M.
Start Class B
Preparatory Class o
Code flag B
2.35 P. M.
Start Class o
Preparatory Class MDI
Code flag o
2.40 P. M.
Start Class MDI
Code flag M
2.45 P. M.
Postponement
Code flag G.
Postponements for 15 minute intervals.
PRIZES
Pennants will be awarded to the winner in each race and
to the winners in each series. In the August series the usual
cups will be awarded.
8
TABLE OF POINTS AWARDED Number of Starters TO YACHTS FINISHING 20 21 22
28
29
30
26
27
24
25
23
100
100
100
100
100
18
19
100
100
96
97
97
16
17
100
100
100
96
96
15
96
93
93
93
14
100
100
96
96
12
13
100
95
95
92
93
100
11
100
95
92
92
89
90
90
9
10
100
100
94
95
91
91
89
89
86
87
7
8
100
100
94
94
5
93
90
90
90
88
88
6
100
89
86
87
85
86
4
100
100
92
93
86
84
85
83
82
83
83
88
2
3
100
100
91
92
89
86
87
88
84
85
Place
1
100
100
90
85
83
81
82
83
80
81
81
79
78
80
80
83
81
82
80
100
100
83
86
88
S2
79
80
78
79
77
78
100
100
80
78
SO
77
75
77
75
76
75
76
78
78
75
75
74
74
75
76
77
1st
67
75
50
67
71
60
70
73
71
73
72
74
67
71
71
73
72
73
50
63
67
69
69
68
70
70
71
70
71
73
73
2nd
33
57
60
64
64
67
70
25
40
50
56
3rd
55
58
62
65
67
63
65
67
68
50
63
65
67
68
70
67
68
69
60
33
43
66
67
20
50
38
50
54
57
53
56
59
61
60
62
64
44
29
46
58
61
63
64
63
64
66
4th
50
56
59
60
62
63
63
17
33
40
42
46
50
53
47
53
55
57
25
30
36
47
55
57
58
59
60
5th
14
39
43
50
52
56
59
59
60
22
54
57
6th
13
27
33
40
44
36
44
47
50
50
52
20
25
41
48
52
54
56
11
31
33
3S
42
45
48
50
52
53
56
57
7th
10
18
49
23
29
27
31
35
39
43
45
53
40
46
48
8th
9
17
33
37
41
43
48
50
52
15
21
29
44
46
48
50
38
47
9th
S
20
25
32
35
28
39
42
36
41
44
8
14
19
24
30
33
10th
22
32
35
38
40
38
41
43
44
47
13
26
41
43
13
18
11th
7
21
25
29
17
27
30
33
36
34
37
40
6
12
16
20
24
26
29
32
33
36
37
40
12th
11
23
30
34
33
6
15
19
11
22
25
28
30
32
13th
6
14
18
24
27
17
21
29
31
33
9
5
10
14th
10
14
23
26
27
30
5
17
20
25
15th
5
9
13
13
16
19
22
9
19
21
34
27
16th
4
8
12
15
18
20
23
17th
4
11
15
8
17
20
4
11
14
18th
S
17
7
11
14
19th
4
7
10
13
4
20th
7
10
4
21st
3
7
22nd
3
23rd
24th
25th
26th
27th
28th
29th
30th
CONDITIONS FOR SPECIAL EVENTS
Entries: Class S, A, B and O.
Date: Wednesday, August 17, 1927.
George Davenport Hayward Memorial Cup Race
Start: Course: Warning No. 7 or No. 8, to be announced at warning signal.
Preparatory
White flag
Code flag P
2.20.00 P. M.
Start Class O
Start Class B
Code flag o
2.25.00 P. M.
Code flag B
2.30.00 P. M.
Start Class A
Code flag A
2.40.30 P. M.
Start Class S
Code flag S
2.42.30 P. M.
Postponements: Code flag G. 15 minute
2.47.00 P. M.
intervals.
Prize: First yacht across finish line to receive a replica of the
on Hayward Cup.
Hayward Memorial cup and to have name engraved
Seamanship Race
Date: Wednesday, August 3, 1927.
Entries: Class A.
Crews: Corinthians under 21.
Details will be announced later.
Prize: Cup presented by Miss Mary C. Wheelwright.
Sixth Annual Cruise
Dates: Thursday, Friday and Saturday, August 18, 19, and
20, 1927.
Entries: All racing classes. Special classes will be arranged.
Courses: Northeast Harbor to Seal Cove; Seal Cove to East
Blue Hill; East Blue Hill to Seal Cove; Seal Cove to
Northeast Harbor.
Details will be announced later.
Race for Auxiliary Friendship Sloops
Date:
Friday, August 26, 1927.
Details will be announced later.
The Committee hopes that all will co-operate with the
Committee. In order that there may be the greatest possible
number of starters in each race, those who are prevented from
sailing their yachts are requested to obtain substitutes. It is
the wish of the Committee that the keen spirit of friendly com-
petition, which has been the tradition of these races in the past,
will continue.
ROBERT E. L. JOHNSON,
THEODORE O. BREWSTER,
Chairman, Race Committee,
Secretary,
Southwest Harbor.
Northeast Harbor
10
EXTRACTS FROM YACHT RACING RULES
RULE IX
Amenable to Racing Rules
AMENABLE.
1. A yacht shall be amenable to the Racing
Rules from the time the PREPARATORY signal
for her class is made, and shall continue so
until her entire hull and spars have passed
across the finish line.
RESTRICTION
2. From the setting of the warning signal,
OF RIGHTS.
yachts whose preparatory signal has not been
made, must keep clear of other yachts whose
preparatory signal has been made. After cross-
ing the finishing line a yacht shall not interfere
with any yacht still in the race.
RULE X
Start and Finish
WHEN
4. The time of the start for each class shall
TIMED.
be taken when the starting signal for the class
has been given.
PREMATURE
5. If any yacht or any part of her hull, spars
START.
or other equipment be on or across the starting
line when the starting signal is made, she must
return and start again.
LOSS OF
6. A yacht so returning, or one working into
RIGHT
position from the wrong side of the line after
OF WAY.
the signal for starting has been made, must
keep clear of and give way to all competing
yachts.
7. A yacht starting after her starting interval
has expired shall keep clear of and give way to
yachts starting during their specified starting
intervals.
MARKS OF
8. The marks used to establish the starting
COURSE.
line become marks of the course for each class
at its preparatory signal, and remain such until
the finish of the race.
TIME AT
9. The time of a yacht at the finish shall be
FINISH.
taken when first any part of her hull or spars
is on the finishing line, but a yacht remains
amenable to the rules SO long as any part of
the hull, spars or other equipment remains on
the line.
11
RULE XI
Course Signals
SHORTENING
COURSE.
4. The Race Committee may at any time
during a race shorten the course by establish-
ing a finish line at any mark thereof where the
Committee Boat takes station, sets Code Flag
"M" and calls attention thereto by firing two
guns, or blowing two blasts of the whistle, horn
or other device. In such an event, the time
allowances shall be proportionately reduced.
RULE XII
Starting Signals
STARTING
1. The Starting Signals for all races, to which
SIGNALS.
attention shall be called by gun, whistle, horn
or other device, shall be as follows:
TYPE OF
SIGNALS.
Warning. The hoisting of a White Ball, or
Shape.
Preparatory. Five minutes after the warn-
ing signal, the hoisting of a Blue Ball, or Shape.
Start. Five minutes after the preparatory
signal, the hoisting of a distinctive signal, as
provided in instructions.
INTERVALS
2. Yachts racing in classes or divisions, shall
BETWEEN
be started at five-minute intervals and a dis-
SIGNALS.
tinctive signal shall be hoisted for each such
class or division. The starting signal for one
class or division shall be the preparatory signal
for the next succeeding class or division. Each
signal shall remain hoisted for four and a half
minutes and there shall be an interval of a half-
minute between the lowering of a signal and the
hoisting of the next signal.
POSTPONE-
5. When the time of starting is postponed
MENT OF
until later in the day, the Committee shall
START.
hoist Code Flag "G"; postponements shall be
for even fifteen-minute intervals.
12
RULE XIV
Accidents
ACCIDENTS.
Each yacht shall render every possible assist-
ance to any vessel or person in peril, and if in
the judgment of the Race Committee she shall
have thereby injured her chances of winning,
they shall order the race resailed between such
yacht and the winner in her class.
RULE XV
Postponed and Resailed Races
RACE
2. At any time after the starting signal and
DECLARED
before the finish the Race Committee shall have
OFF.
power to declare off or order resailed any race,
should unfavorable weather conditions render a
finish improbable within the time limit. The
signal denoting such action shall be Code Flag
"J." New entries shall not be received for
such resailed race, and a yacht disqualified in
the original race shall not be eligible to start in
the resailed race.
RULE XVII
Definitions
DEFINITIONS
1. CLOSE-HAULED AND FREE.
(a) Close-hauled. A yacht is close-hauled
when sailing by the wind as close as she
can lay with advantage in working to
windward.
(b) Free. A yacht not SO sailing is sailing
free.
2. DIRECTION OF WIND.
A yacht is deemed to have the wind on the
side opposite to that on which she is carrying
her mainboom.
3. OVERLAPPING AND CLEAR.
Two yachts sailing the same or nearly the
same course are said to be overlapping when
either yacht has no longer a free choice on
which side of the other she shall pass and the
overlap continues to exist SO long as the lee-
ward yacht by luffing, or the windward yacht
by bearing away, is in danger of fouling. Other-
wise they are said to be clear.
13
DEFINITIONS
4. OVERTAKING.
(Continued)
Of the two yachts sailing the same or
nearly the same course, the one clear astern,
if approaching the other SO as to involve an
overlap, is said to be the overtaking yacht, and
she continues such after the yachts overlap
until she has again drawn clear.
5. LUFFING.
A yacht is luffing when she so alters her
course as to sail a course more nearly into the
wind.
6. MARK.
A mark is any vessel, boat, buoy, or other
object used to indicate the course, but does
not become such until the preceding mark, if
any, has been rounded or passed, or in the case
of marks establishing the starting line, until the
preparatory signal has been made.
RULE XVIII
Right of Way
RIGHT OF
When one yacht is approaching another yacht,
WAY.
SO as to involve the risk of fouling, one of them,
except as provided in section 2 of Rule IX or in
sections 6 or 7 of Rule X, shall keep clear of the
other as follows:
1. ON DIFFERENT POINTS OF SAILING.
A yacht free shall keep clear of one close-
hauled.
2. ON SAME POINT OF SAILING WITH WIND
ON OPPOSITE SIDES.
A yacht with wind on the port side shall keep
clear of a yacht with wind on the starboard
side. (This section defines the starboard tack
rule which underlies and controls all racing rules
except as provided in Section 9 of this rule.)
3. ON SAME POINT OF SAILING, WITH WIND
ON SAME SIDE.
When both yachts are free, and have the wind
on the same side, the yacht to windward shall
keep clear.
14
RIGHT OF
4. CONVERGING CLOSE-HAULED.
WAY.
When two yachts, both close-hauled on the
same tack, are converging by reason of the lee-
(Continued)
ward yacht holding a better wind, and neither
can
claim the rights of a yacht being overtaken,
then the yacht to windward shall keep clear.
5. ALTERING COURSE.
When of two yachts one is obliged to keep
clear, the other (subject to the provisions of
Section 6, Clause (a)), shall not SO alter her
course as to involve the risk of fouling.
6. OVERTAKING, LUFFING AND BEARING
AWAY.
A yacht overtaking another yacht shall keep
clear of the overtaken yacht.
(a) PASSING TO WINDWARD.
Provided that the overtaking yacht makes
her overlap on the side opposite to that on
which the overtaken yacht then carries her
mainboom, the overtaken yacht may luff as
she pleases to prevent the overtaking yacht
passing her to windward, until the overtaken
yacht is in such a position that her bowsprit
end, or stemhead, if she has no bowsprit, would
strike the overtaking yacht abaft the main
shrouds, when her right to luff further from
her course shall cease.
(b) PASSING TO LEEWARD.
A yacht, to hinder another yacht in attempt-
ing to pass her to leeward after the leeward
yacht has established an overlap, must never
bear away in such a manner as to compel the
leeward yacht to alter her course SO as to avoid
risk of fouling-the lee side to be considered
that on which the leading yacht of the two
carries her mainboom. The overtaking yacht
must not luff until she has drawn clear of the
yacht which she has just overtaken.
7. RIGHTS ON NEW COURSE.
A yacht shall not be entitled to her right on
a new course:
15
RIGHT OF
WAY.
(a) Until she has filled away.
(Continued)
the immediate risk of fouling another
(b) If she so alters her course as to involve
which, owing to her position, cannot keep yacht clear.
8. PASSING AND ROUNDING MARKS.
both of them, without tacking, are about to
If an overlap exists between two yachts when
side pass a mark on a required side, then the out-
pass clear of the mark.
yacht must give the inside yacht room to
A yacht shall not, however, be justified in
attempting to establish an overlap and thus
force a passage between another yacht and the
mark after the latter yacht has altered her
helm in the act of rounding.
9. OBSTRUCTION TO SEA-ROOM.
When a yacht is approaching a shore, shoal,
pier, rock, vessel or other dangerous obstruc-
tion, and cannot go clear by altering her course
without fouling another yacht, then the latter
shall, on being hailed by the Club member in
charge of the former, at once give room; and
in case one yacht is forced to tack or to bear
away in order to give room, the other shall also
tack or bear away as the case may be at as
near the same time as possible without danger
of fouling. But should such obstruction be a
designated mark of the course, a yacht forcing
another to tack under the provisions of this
section shall be disqualified. (See Rule XX,
Section 2, where this rule is particularly referred
to.)
The provisions relating to obstructions include
as such any vessel, whether a competing yacht
or not, of which the yacht concerned must keep
clear.
RULE XX
Disqualifications
DISQUALIFI-
1. Each yacht must go fairly around the
CATIONS.
course, and in rounding each specified mark
her track from the preceding to the following
FOULING
mark must enclose it on the required side. A
MARKS.
yacht touching a mark, unless wrongfully com-
pelled to do so by another yacht, shall at once
abandon the race.
16
AFTERNOON TIDES, 1927
High
Low
July
15
8.18 P. M.
2.26 P. M.
19
11.29
6:09
22
2.00
9.15
26
6.02
12.21
29
8.26
2.44
August
2
11.09 P.M.
5.28 P. M.
5
12.51
7.56
9
4.39
11.31
12
7.12
1.21
16
10.28
4.48
17
11.17
5.49
23
4.58
26
7.27
1.50
30
10.04
4.03
September 2
6.07 P.M.
17
SPECIAL CODE SIGNALS
The following special code signals are adopted:
A
Class A; or start Class A.
B.
Class B; or start Class B.
G
Postponement.
J
Race is off.
M
Class MDI; or start Class MDI; or "Finish here."
o.
Class O; or start Class O; or "Mark has shifted;
this vessel is the mark."
P
Preparatory.
S
Class S; or start Class S.
18
INTERNATIONAL CODE SIGNALS
Y
A
B
J
R
Z
'CODE FLAG" AND
"ANSWERING PENNANT"
C
K
S
D
L
T
When used as the "Code
Flag" it is to be hoisted under
the ensign
When used as the "Answer.
ing Pennant" itisto be hoisted
E
M
U
at the masthead or where best
seen.
F
N
V
G
W
H
P
X
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET.
1927.
Members of the Fleet are advised that Mr. Theodore
Brewster, Secretary of the Race Committee, is prepared to
give instruction in sailing throughout the coming season.
The rates are $1.25 an hour for one person plus an extra 75c
for a second person. On rainy days the rates are halved in
case the party does not want to go out.
Mr. Brewster's thirty-four foot sloop - Kulinda -
may be chartered for day sailing at $15. a day.
The Club Launch - Roamer - is available by the hour
or the day. The charge will be $1. per hour.
Robert E. L. Johnson, Secretary.
Class "0" Northeast Harbor 15 Footers
# l "Miss Deal"
Stephen Whitney, Jr.
# 2
Miss Gertrude Olmsted
# 3 "Oh-no"
R. Gwynne Stout
# 4 "Venture"
Miss Christine Frazier
# 5 "Go-get-em"
Mrs. C. Bradford Fraley
# 6 "Little Wooden Shoe"
Dr. E. L. Keyes
# 8 "Dum Dum"
Miss Elinor Thompson
# 9 "Mud Puppy"
Miss Adele Merrill
#10 "Ginger Snap"
Capt. Phippen
#11 "Bimbo"
Miss Miriam Clark
#13 "Couple-o-Clubs"
Mrs. Frederick Jordan
#14 "Cherrio"
S. S. Drury, Jr.
#15
Lincoln Godfrey, Jr.
#16
Leonard A. Yerkes, Jr.
#17
James G. Leiper, Jr.
Class "S" Herreshoff 21 Footers
#
1 "Spindrift"
Frederic O. Spedden
2 "Danae"
Gano Dunn
announcements of
Race Committee
class captains
July 18
MR. WILLIAM U. SWAN OF THE BOSTON EVENING TRANSCRIPT
WILL DELIVER A LECTURE ON SAILING AFTER THE RACE ON JULY
26 AT THE HOME OF MRS. PERCY CLARK, NORTHEAST HARBOR.
TEA WILL BE SERVED.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
1927.
ANNOUNCEMENTS.
The following appointments have been made by
the Commodore.
Race Committee:
Robert E. L. Johnson, Chairman
Theodore 0. Brewster, Secretary
Frederick 0. Spedden
Nelson Rockefeller
John Tyssowski
Chauncy Robbins
Class Captains:
Class A.
Chauncy Robbins, Captain
Hiram Sibley
W. J. Strawbridge
Class B.
L. J. Brengle, Jr.
Class S. Gano Dunn
Class 0.
Miss Miriam Clark
Mrs. C. B. Fraley
Robert E. L. Johnson,
Secretary.
Boston Even
SPECTATOR FLEET AT
Transcry
NORTHEAST HARBOR
July 27
RIVALS THAT IN RACES
HHL NI
HALL ONIWASSV
the mainsails are on hoops, are not easily
removed and are furled without any spe-
cial care or regard to dampness, the can-
vas even early in the season looks grimy
any many of the sails are mildewed. The
sur xog R our UTTM pakeld
boats themselves are fairly well kept:
source 101 aut 10 II UOM Sajary
the rainbow effect is well carried out
18 uoseos our 10 puopes
with greens, blues, yellows and pinks.
JOJ Kep 01
The color scheme is as striking as at
OTHOD IIIM SUMONE OUT and 0,47
Marblehead or Larchmont. Commodore
02 03 HEI pues IIIM
Edward W. Madeira's Ino with blue top.
sides, a while rail and bottom, and a
green underbody is especially attractive
from an artistic standpoint.
The Northeast Harbor fleet sails two
series of races, five on Tuesdays and Fri-
days in July. and nine on the same days
as 999 your 'uo
in August, with the last race on Sept. 2.
'IS SEV "
In addition to prizes being awarded in
each class under the Beverly Yacht
any 2701 "OO;
Club's system of scoring. blue pennants
'IS 28L "our "03
are handed the winning skipper immedl-
as
ately after his boat crosses the line.
150g
'os
any II!H la VEL TOTAL
The chief incentives of the season, how-
'IS 8°
ever, are the three special events, the
Lungxoy
'IS
se
"Seamanship" race for the cup presented
PAY you'd TEST
by Miss Mary C. Wheelwright of Boston,
IS S
the George Davenport Hayward Memo.
NV,
rial Cup, and the annual cruise of three
days to Blue Hill. In the race for the
199
Wheelwright Cup. which comes on Aug.
1
3, the contestants must be under twenty-
one years, and all the yachts start from
pumsur MAN
,
/
anchor with sails furled. the course be-
a
ing twice round a triangle.
The Hayward Cup race is sort of a
chowder affair, with the smaller classes
starting first. but with the five-minute
07 MEI
intervals maintained. The larger yachts
of the fleet spend three days in Blue Hill
Bay with the Kollegiwidgwok Yacht Clubs
at East Blue Hill as the objective.
With fairly reliable winds. deep waters.
overflowing enthusiasm and the most
noA Irun
beautiful background in the world, yacht-
ing here charms any lover of the sea no
matter what be its mood.
I
ams
pue " sir
as ST op 01 IIV
S USEN II e it Sunrene
youN
LOUR 01 noA M
mau asaqa fo
inol fo mo days 01
SPECTATOR FLEET AT
NORTHEAST HARBOR
RIVALS THAT IN RACES
Capital of Maine Yachtsmen Busiest
Stretch of Water East of
Marblehead
RACING UNION RULES CONFUSE
Result Is Crowding at Starting Line
and Many of the Races Are
Marred
By William U. Swan
Special to the Transcript:
Bar Harbor, Maine, July 27-The larg-
est intensively twice a
fleet of small yachts east of Marble- week
head under is the racing its fleet. compass The
red burgee with
dial of the Northeast Harbor well
average number of starters runs
to fifty boats in five classes with an
excellent up chance of reaching seventy-five on
or eighty before the season closes
is heavier than in any other New Eng-
September 2. Furthermore the tonnage
land racing port outside of Marblehead, Co-
even exceeding Duxbury, Marion, keenness
hasset or Annisquam while the good
with which every race is sailed, the
sportsmanship which is always shown,
and the remarkable large floating gallery the
which each event attracts, places
picturesque aquatic arena inside the
Cranberry Islands as among the out-
standing yachting ports of the country.
It is quite true that the Northeast
Harbor 17-footers, or the Manchester
Islesboro 17 1/--footers, still cling to their
original gaff rig, which seems sort of
squatty after looking at the towering
canvass of the Manchesters at Mar-
blehead and Cohasset, but several of the
Herreshoff S-boats, a flock of Alden "O's"
and a bunch of Winslow "17's," with
modern masts and jib neaded mainsails,
help to bring the fleet up to date.
The outstanding feature at Northeast
however is not the racing itself but the
interest which each contest arouses, and
the strength of its sideline fleet. In the
race yesterday, sailed in a very light and
somewhat uncertain southerly, between
twenty-five and thirty spectator yachts,
all of them, of course, with motors, scur-
ried around outside the triangle, follow-
ing first one class and then another. with
a cheer now and then when some favo-
rite won a lufting match. Nearly two
hundred eager followers of the game
watched the racing on Alden auxiliaries,
hackers, chris craft, power cruisers, and
outboards, while the verandas of every
villa looking over to Suttons Island
brought the gallery well up to five hun-
dred. It is doubtful if in any yachting
port-in this country, do so many persons
enjoy the racing.
Much of the attractiveness of the sport
is due to its unusually fine setting, for
nearly all the courses are triangular and
are laid cut in a stretch of sea about
three miles wide, just inside the Cran.
islands. The larger classes cover
berry the the Winslow course twice, Mount O-boats Desert and
but the
17s, or the
Island class, as it is known in these
waters, have to be content with a single
circuit.
The divisions are sent off promptly
every race day, with the warning signal
at 2.15 P.M., the preparatory at 2.20
o'clock and the start of the S-class at 2.25.
followed by the others at the usual five
minute intervals.
The Northeast Harbor fleet is one of
the five clubs in the Mount Desert Asso-
ciation of the North American Yacht Rac
ing Union. and the racing rules of the
Union obtain. Some of the Yachtsmen
have not learned these fully as yet and
there is more or less crowding at the line
on windward starts, with disqualifications
now and then of those boats which failed
to remember that the starting marks are
marks of the course after the preparatory
signal.
A permanent triangle is established the
first of the season which is used for both
the start and the finish, the committee
boat shifting to one buoy or anothe: in
order to make the first leg a windward
affair if possible. The triangle, which is
a couple of hundred yards in width, also
serves as a restricted area, although in
the early races this rule is more observed
in the breach than in its observance.
In the race yesterday, the first class
to be sent away was the Northeast Har-
bor's, officially called Class A, with Rev.
Malcolm E. Peabody, sailing the Daffy-
dil, formerly owned by Herbert M. Sears
of Boston, in the lead. Dr. Peabody
measured up to what constitutes a
sportsman, for after leading in com-
manding fashion twice around the course
and getting within a hundred yards of
the finish, he smiled cheerfully when an-
other yacht snatched the laurels from
his lifeless craft, leaving him with sec.
ond honors.
The Northeast Harbor fleet is fortu-
nate in having an efficient race manager
in Theodore Brewster, the secretary of
the regatta committee, and thoroughly
versed in the racing rules and their rigid
enforcement. Comparatively few hails
to the committee boat; are answered, ex-
cept the customary 'Read your circular,"
which is as it should be. Of course the
atmosphere is more or less agitated with
conversation, especially in the smaller
classes, but as a rule all hands tend
strictly to their knitting.
PLEASURE CRAFT SHIPWRECKED
The wreck of the schooner yacht, "Ara," owned by Ernest B.
he accepted explanation at Bar Har-
Dane, Boston broker, which went on the rocks at Little Duck Island,
of the wreck of the yacht Ara is
her commander, Captain Cameron,
near Northeast Harbor, Maine, during a recent storm,
ook the fog signal of Great Duck for
on Mt. Desert Rock, and having it
on the port bow, headed north.
The signal of Great Duck was
ged this spring from a whistle to
impet, the same as at Mt. Desert
except that the intervals are dif-
CHANGE OF RACING RULES.
RULE RESTRICTING THE USE OF THESPINNAKER POLE.
CRUISE CIRCULARS.
1927.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
NORTHEAST HARBOR
MAINE
NOTICE.
The Race Committee of the Fleet has decided that the racing
rules in force last year will be in use in the race of Aug. 6, 1927,
and all following races. Complete copies may be obtained from
"Yachting".
Name- Handbook on American Yacht Racing Rules.
Furthermaore- No spinnaker pole will be allowed to leeward
of the fore stay.
Robert E. L. Johnson
Chair. RC.
BOSTON DAILY ADVERTISER
Battered by the Heavy Surf
PLEASURE YACHT WRECKED IN HEAVY FOG
With a gaping hole in her steel bottom the 150-foot motor yacht Ara, valued at more
than half a million dollars, is being rapidly pounded apart by the booming surf off
Little Duck Island, Me. The Ara, shown above, has been stripped of her deck work by
wreckers
and
the
work
of
salvarian
is
to
Meartiser Photo
THE N. E. HARBUR FLEET 1927
Meeting of all racing members at the Rock End
Hotel on Friday the 12th at 8:45 P.I.
Beginning Friday the racing classes will start
as follows: B at 2:25; S at 2:30; A at 2:35;
0 and MDI as usual.
Also beginning Friday the course flags will be
set as follows: 1 flag is for all classes; 2
flags - upper for classes, A, B, & S; lower for
0 and MDI.
RACE COMMITTEE
Evering
No theast Harbor Elects
Before closing its unusually success-
fal season the Northeast Harbor fleet
held its annual meeting and elected the
following officers:
Commodore. W. Barton Eddison of
Ardsley, N. Y.: vice commodore, Charles
D Dickey of Philadelphia; Rear commo-
dore, John Tyssokski of Dobbs Ferry,
N Y.: secretary, Robert E. L. Johnson
of Philadelphia: treasurer, Gerrish iT.
Milliken of New York.
In the August races 29 yachts sailed in
the 17-foot class and 27 in the 17 1/2-foot
division. The month championship in
the former was won by Reginald C. Rob.
bins, Jr., of Boston, with his Kinglet and
the title in the latter by Robert K. Mc.
Innes of Philadelphia with his Venture.
F. O. Spedden won In the S class with
the Spindrift and Miss R. Lyman in the
M. D. I. class with her Jack-Tar. Jr.
The Northeast Harbor Fleet will re.
print for winter distribution the article
on Yachting Preparedness by Rear Com.
modore E. J. Bliss, Jr., of the Edgar-
town Yacht Club which appeared in the
Transcript's yachting supplement of
April 17. 1926.
Meeting of August 31, 1927.
The annual meeting of The Northeast Harbor Fleet was held on
Wednesday, August 31, 1927 at the residence of Mr. Louis C. Madeir
,Northeast Harbor, Maine, at 5.45.
There were present in person or proxy the following:
In Person:
Commodore E. W. Madeira
R.C. CharlesD. Dickey
V&C E&S. Burke, Jr.
Lawrence Dickey
Gerrish Milliken
Mrs. Charles Dickey
R. C. Robbins
Mrs. Vannum
R.C. RObbins, Jr.
Miss Miriam Clarke
Jarvis Cromwell
W.B. Eddison
W. B. Bates
John Tyssowski
Malcolm Peabody
Clark Zantzinger
Frederic Camp
Charles Pratt
Mrs. Van Pelt
R.S. Emmet
Miss Ruth Lyman
Mrs. H. Griffith
Mrs. James Murphy
W.R. Fay
A.P. Butler, Jr.
Gano Dunn
E.F. Butler
Robert E. L. Johnson
Hiram Sibley
John Fox
Mrs.C.B. Fraley
E.B. Dane
Edward Dane
Miss Merie Freley
L.J. Brengle, Jr.
By Proxey
Francis C. grant
L. F. Crofoot
S. M. Milliken
C. S. Tyson, Jr.
Henry W. Foote
Allston Sargent
Wlater Eversman
Mrs. S. W. Colton
Arnold Wood
Arnold Wood, Jr.
L. C. Madeira
H. C. Johnson
FM. Haines
H. C. Johnson, Jr.
W. S. Grant, Jr.
Miss Kathleen Burke
C. E. Briggs, John W. Bartol
The Commodore Presided, and, there being a quorum present,
called the meeting to order at 5.45 'clock.
4
Upon mtion, the reading of the minutes at the previous meeting
were omitted.
Reports of Officers and Committees:
The Commodore gave a brief summary of the season and then a report
of the N.A.Y.R.U. and it's idean, Etc.
Chairman R.C. Gave out summaries for the season.
Treasurer. Presented the following report:
Balance on hand
$1136.
Dues
1260.
RatesCommittee
186.
Extra Initiatinnb
110.
$2696.
Disbursed
General Expenses
$928.
Race Committee
512.
$1440.
Balance
$1256.
Club House Committee: Mrs. Fraley gave a report on the Club House
proposition and its chancee of success.
Upon a motion it was deciced to send Mr. Mitchell at Seal Cove a
check for $15. to cover damages incurred by the Fleet at The Cruise.
Elections: The following officers were unaminously elected:
Commodore: W. Barton Eddison
V-Commo: Charles D. Dickey
R-Commo: John Tyssowski
Secretary: Robert E.L. Johnson
Treasurer: Gerrish H. Milliken
Delegate: Edward W. Madeira
NAYRU.
NEW BUSINESS:
A rising vote of thanks was given to Ez-Commodore Mad-
eira for his splendid work as Commodore during the past few seasons.
Mr. Zantzinger offered a cup for the best total score
in Class A on the next annual cruise.
A motion was passed that we extend a vote of thanks
to Dr. Seth Milliken for his hospitality on the Sixth Annual Cruise
Then adjurned,
RobertE & Johnson
ecretary
circular letter
requesting about in
-
formation
yachts.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
NORTHEAST HARBOR
MAINE
101 W. Mermaid Lane,
Philadelphia, Ps.
TO THE MEMBERS OF THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET:
Will you please send me the names and spec-
ifications, etc., of any yachta that you own so that we may have a
complete record for the 1928 Year Book. Wanted: Name, type, and
all dimentions, if possible.
ROBERT E. L. JOHNSON
Secretary.
1928.
Busy Season at
Northeast Harbor
Within the limits of its short season
the Northeast Harbor Fleet has plans
for a great deal of activity this year.
The season at the Mt. Desert resort will
start July 17 and continue with races
every Tuesday and Friday afternoot
through September 4. Several unusual
events are on the books for this summer.
On July 4 there is to be a novelty race,
sailed with one man to a boat. August
first is the date for the seamanship race,
for a cup presented by Miss Mary
Wheelwright.
The Junior Championships for Maine
are to be held at Northeast Harbor on
the week of July 8. The winters of this
-
series will represent the Maine coast in
the races for the Sears Cup at Marbie-
head. On August 17 the Fleet will hold
its annual race for the Hayward Cup,
and starting August 23 comes its three
day cruise. In other years the Fleet has
visited Blue Hill Bay on this cruise and
has been accompanied by many boats
from neighboring yacht clubs.
Officers for 1928 are: E. Barton Eddi-
son, of New York, commodore; C. D.
Dickey of Philadelphia, vice commodore;
John Tyssowski of New York, rear com-
modore: Robert E. L. Johnson of New
York, secretary; Gerrish H. Milliken of
New York, treasurer; and John Tyssow.
ski, chairman of the regatta committee.
LEGORE
dropen
REPORT OF EDWARD W. MADEIRA,
PRESIDENT OF TH MOUNT DESERT
YACHT RACING ASSOCIATION -
ON YACHTING IN THE DISTRICT
EAST OF THE MAINE-NEW HAMP-
SHIRE STATE LINE.
Bar Harbor Yacht Club
Robert B. Bowler, 101 Park Ave., New York City.
"S"
2012 foot Marconi Rig Herreshoff Mfg. Co.
16 yachts
MDI
17
".
11
11
Ralph E. Winslow
9 11
Boothbay Harbor Yacht Club
M. C. Welles, 8 Arlington St., , Boston, Mass.
No sail yacht racing.
Bras d'Or Yacht Club
Neil McNeil, Box 115, Baddeck, Nova Scotia
No report received.
Bucks Harbor Yacht Club
Charles E. Gibson, 131 State St., , Boston, Mass.
No sail yacht racing.
Camden Yacht Club
T. J. French, Camden, Me.
No sail yacht Racing.
Royal Cape Breton Yacht Club
The Secretary, Sydney, Cape Breton, Canada.
No report received.
Chester Yacht Club
T. C. Boville, Chester, Nova Scotia
1st Class
40 feet O.A. and Over
Miscellaneous
6 yachts
2nd Class
27 to 37 feet O.A.
11
6 "
3rd Class
17 to 18 11 O.A.
11
4 "
Deer Isle Yacht Club
William C. Appleton, 228 Newbury Street, Boston, Mass.
9 yachts
Miscellaneous
Harpswell Yacht Club
John P. Thomas, 537 Congress St., , Portland, Me.
No report received.
Royal Kennebecasis Yacht Club
G. K. Holder, 208 Pitt Street, St . John, N. B.
"A"
over 30 feet racing length
Miscellaneous
4 yachts
"B"
25 to 30 feet racing length
11
5 11
"C"
20 to 25 feet racing length
11
4 11
"p"
1
"
"Q"
1
"
"S"
3
11
6 meter
1
11
Miscellaneous
2
Naskeag Yacht Club
Alexander S . Porter, 40 Central Street, Boston, Mass.
No sail yacht racing.
The Northeast Harbor Fleet
Robt. E. L. Johnson, 101 West Mermaid Lane, Chestnut Hill, Phila., Pa.
"A"
17 feet Gaff Rig
E. A. Boardman
33 yachts
"B" 171/2018 foot Gaff Rig
B. B. Crowninshield
15
11
MDI 17 feet Marconi Rig
Ralph E. Winslow
3
11
"0"
15 feet Marconi Rig
John G. Alden
15
11
"S"
20 feet Marconi Rig
Herreshoff Mfg. Co.
2
11
North Haven Yacht Club
Ellen R. Hallowell, Readville, Mass.
foot Gaff Rig
B. B. Crowninshield
9 yachts
14 foot open dinghies
about 40
11
Royal Nova Scotia Yacht Squadron
George C. Sircom, Box 512, Halifax, Nova Scotia
Star Class 20 foot Gaff rig W. J, Roue
6 yachts
"P"
8
11
"Q"
1
11
"R"
7 11
"S"
4 "
Miscellaneous
13
Portland Yecht Club
H. Burgi, Jr., Portland, Me.
"A"
over 25 feet W. L.
Miscellaneous
5 yachts
"
"B"
less than 25 feet W. L.
11
7
11
"0"
15 feet Marconi Rig
John G. Alden
5
11
"p"
2
Fish cat boats
6
St. Andrews
F. Ayscough, Yacht 16 Club Airlie Gardens, Campden Hill, London, W.8, England.
No sail yacht racing.
Seal Harbor Yacht Club
George E. Stebbins, 753 Fifth Ave., , New York City.
Races in association with the Northeast Harbor Fleet.
Sorrento Yacht Club
Francis H. Chafee, 5 Cooke St., Providence, F. I.
Wee Scot 11 foot Marconi Rig
13 yachts
Tarratine Club
Prescott Metcalf, 4 East 98th St., , New York City.
1712 foot Gaff Rig
B. B. Crowninshield
42 yachts
12 foot Gaff Rig
12 11
Pulpit Harbor Yacht Club
Peggy Porter, 116 Beacon Street, Boston, Mass.
Races in Association with North Haven Yacht Club.
Kollegiwidgwok Yacht Club
Seth M. Milliken, M. D., 951 Madison Avenue, New York City.
"0" 15 foot Marconi Rig
John G. Alden about
6 yachts
Brutal Beasts 12 foot cat boats
9 11
Winter Harbor Yacht Racing Association
Matthew F. Maury, 807 Packard Building, Philadelphia, Pa.
21 foot Gaff Rig
Burgess
of yachts
Belfast Yacht Club
The Secretary, Belfast, Me.
No report received.
THE MOUNT DESERT YACHT RACING ASSOCIATION
MEMBER OF THE NORTH AMERICAN YACHT RACING UNION
M.I.Y.R.A
Circulas #2.
THE MOUNT DESERT YACHT RACING ASSOCIATION
MEMBER OF THE NORTH AMERICAN YACHT RACING UNION
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
WINTER HARBOR YACHT RACING ASSOCIATION
BAR HARBOR YACHT CLUB
SEAL HARBOR YACHT CLUB
KOLLEGIWIDGWOK YACHT CLUB
SORRENTO YACHT CLUB
PULPIT HARBOR YACHT CLUB
February 4, 1928
NORTH HAVEN YACHT CLUB
Circular #2.
To the Members of the M.D.Y.R.A.:
During the past three months this Association has
not been idle.
On November 18, 1927, your President, as delegate
from this Association, attended the meeting of the North American
Yacht Union. This Association is the only member of the N.A.Y.
R.U. east of Narragansett Bay.
The meeting of the Union was of interest and of
importance in the development of the sport of sail yacht racing.
Included in the business transacted was a consideration of the
present racing rules of the N.A.Y.R.U. This Association
previously had suggested four changes: that the present rule
permitting taken an overtaken yacht to bear away to prevent being over-
the marks of the starting line "Marks of the Course" at the
on the lee side be repealed; that the present rule making
preparatory signal be changed; and that the two present rules
providing that time shall be taken when the first part of the
yacht crosses the starting line and finishing lines be restored
to their former reading. Your President found that there was
general dissatisfaction with some of these rules, particularly
those dealing with the taking of time at the starting and finish-
ing lines. The Rules Committee of the N.A.Y.R.U. headed by C.
Sherman Hoyt, recognized this dissatisfaction, but felt that the
time was not ripe for the necessary changes. The Committee
recommended that the present rules be tried for another year.
Your President learned that the Yacht Racing Association of Long
Island Sound had for 1928 adopted the rules of the N.A.Y.R.U.
with the exception of the rules in regard to the taking of time
at the starting and finishing lines, It is suggested that the
Mount Desert Yacht Racing Association follow the example of this
association.
As regards the bearing away rule, it is felt that
in due course a change will be made. It is obviously unfair
for a yacht overtaking to leeward to be penalized to the same ex-
tent as a yacht passing to windward. But there is not a very
general feeling against the other rule making the marks of the
starting line Marks of the Course" at the preparatory signal, as
the "Proper Course" rule has not yet been read into the American
-2-
rules from the English rules.
Other matters considered and acted upon at the meet-
ing included challenges for the six meter international cups, and
a discussion of the innovations in sails introduced in the six
meter races. The meeting ended with a dinner and motion pictures.
In December your President sent a questionnaire to
all yacht clubs on the Atlantic Coast east of the Maine-New Hamp-
shire State line asking for data concerning the racing sailing
yachts. A tabulation of the results of this questionnaire has
already been sent to the yacht clubs concerned.
There are a number of clubs along the coast which
should be members of this Association, and your President is en-
deavoring to solicit their membership.
Your President desires to know your feeling in
regard to racing rules. His own feeling is that it would be
wise for this Association to recommend to the member clubs the
rules of the Y.R.A. of Long Island Sound: that is the rules of
the N.A.Y.R.U. SO amended that the mast governs the time at the
starting and finishing lines rather than the first part of the
yacht. By so doing, the Association will to some extent at least
work toward an ideal of uniformity in racing rules. What are
your views?
The prospects for an active year are bright. Several
of the member clubs report new additions to the racing fleets, and
interest should be keen.
Respectfully submitted,
Edward W. Madeira, President
Matthew F. Maury, Secretary
Packard Building,
Philadelphia.
M.D.Y.R.A.
ELIMINATION RACES FOR SEARS CUP.
THE MOUNT DESERT YACHT RACING ASSOCIATION
MEMBER OF THE NORTH AMERICAN YACHT RACING UNION
HE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
VINTER HARBOR YACHT RACING ASSOCIATION
BAR HARBOR YACHT CLUB
SEAL HARBOR YACHT CLUB
KOLLEGIWIDGWOK YACHT CLUB
SORRENTO YACHT CLUB
PULPIT HARBOR YACHT CLUB
THE MOUNT DESERT YACHT RACING ASSOCIATION
NORTH HAVEN YACHT CLUB
1928
ELIMINATION RACES FOR SEARS CUP
On July 10 and 11, 1928, at Northeast Harbor, Maine, The
Mount Desert Yacht Racing Association with the assistance of The
Northeast Harbor Fleet, will conduct a series of elimination races
to determine the best crew of the M. D. Y. P. A. to represent the
Association at the Junior Championship races for the Sears Cup
under the auspices of the Eastern Yacht Club at Marblehead.
Races will be conducted under the following conditions:
1- Entries. Each yacht club within the State of Maine may
enter one crew. Entries must be made to the Secretary of the
Committee by
2- Crews. Each crew shall consist of three persons, each
not less than 15 years of age on August 27, 1928 and shall not have
attained the 18th birthday by August 31, 1928. The parent or
guardian of each member of the crew shall be a member of the yacht
club entering the crew. No member of the crew shall be a profession-
al. One member of the crew shall be designated captain.
3- Reporting. Crews shall report to the Secretary of the
Committee at Headquarters, The Northeast Harbor Fleet, Northeast
Harbor by 6 P. M. on the evening of July 9th.
Each crew shall
present a certificate from the Secretary or other officer of the
-2-
club which it represents giving the names and ages of the members of
the that the crew is authorized to enter the regatta.
crew and stating
4- Plan of Races. The plan of an elimination tournament will
be followed. Entries and byes in the first round will be determined
by lot, and thereafter the winners in one round will meet in the suc-
ceeding rounds. Each entry to defeat its opponent must win two out
of three races.
Yachts of the Northeast Harbor 17 foot class will be
assigned by lot for each race.
Courses will be designated by the
Committee. It is planned to hold races both morning and afternoon.
In case of inclement weather, races will be held at the first favor-
able opportunity.
5- Racing Rules. The racing rules of the North American
Yacht Racing Union with the following changes shall govern:
RULE X--Start and Finish
If this point in any yacht (the foremast on a Schooner
and the mainmast on a Sloop or Yawl) be across the line when the
starting signal is made, she must return and start again.
(b)
Passing to Leeward -- An overtaken yacht must never
bear away to prevent another yacht from passing her to leeward--the --
lee side to be considered that on which the leading yacht of the two
carries her main boom. The overtaking yacht must not luff until
she has drawn clear ahead of the yacht which she has overtaken.
6- Accommodations for visiting crews will be secured at
Northeast Harbor on application to the Secretary.
Any further information may be secured from the Secretary of
the Committee.
Frederic O. Spedden
Fulton J. Redman
W. Barton Eddison
Robert E. L. Johnson, Secretary
Committee.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
1928
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
RACING INSTRUCTIONS
1928
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
RACING INSTRUCTIONS
1928
The Northeast Harbor Fleet
Racing Instructions
1928
See
RACING RULES
The Racing Rules of the North American Yacht Racing
Union will be in force, modified only in SO far as is provided
in these instructions.
These Racing Rules are contained in the year book of the
North American Yacht Racing Union, which may be obtained
from Ernest Stavey, Secretary, N. A. Y. R. U., 80 Broadway,
New York, at $3.00 a copy; or, annual membership in the
N. A. Y. R. U., which carries with it a copy of the year book,
may be secured by sending Mr. Stavey $5.00.
Extracts from these Racing Rules are appended hereto.
These rules differ in some respects from the rules in force last
year.
Each class will observe its own class regulations.
CREWS
Corinthians, except as hereinafter provided.
SAILS AND EQUIPMENT
Working sails and spinnakers only. Spinnakers may be
carried only with tack fastened to spinnaker pole at outboard
end, and with inboard end of pole resting on mast. Spinnaker
pole must be carried to windward of the jib stay.
Each yacht must carry a suitable anchor and rode, a com-
pass, a fog horn and one life preserver for each person on board.
3
THE
NORTHEAST HARBOR
FLEET
NORTHEAST HARBOR
COURSES 1923
SEAL HARBOR
T
BEAR 15.
GREENINGS MARK "A"
ESE 3 1/8 mi.
IS.
START
MARK"B"
:
SUTTONS 15.
278
mi.
x
MARK "C"
MARK "D"
1mi.
LITTLE CRANBERRY IS.
GT. CRANBERRY
15.
2
COURSES
Courses will be announced by the display of
and flags on Committee Boat. Course flag for Class S, numbered Class
and Class MDI at preparatory signal for Class O.
Class B will be displayed at warning signal; for Class O A
No. 1. From starting line at Mark A easterly to Mark B,
leaving it to starboard; thence westerly to Mark D, leaving it
to starboard; thence northeasterly to finish at Mark A.
No. 2.
Reverse of No. 1, leaving marks to port.
No. 3. From starting line at Mark A easterly to Mark B,
leaving it to starboard; thence westerly to Mark C, leaving it
to starboard; thence northerly to finish at Mark A.
No. 4. Reverse of No. 3, leaving marks to port.
No. 5. From starting line at Mark A southerly to Mark
C, leaving it to starboard; thence westerly to Mark D, leaving
it to starboard; thence northeasterly to finish at Mark A.
No. 6. Reverse of No. 5, leaving marks to port.
No. 7. From starting line at Mark A southerly to Mark
C, leaving it to starboard; thence westerly to Mark D, leaving
it to starboard; thence northeasterly to White Mark at Mark
A, leaving it to starboard; thence to Marks C and D as before;
from Mark D to finish at Mark A.
No. 8. Reverse of No. 7, leaving marks to port.
No. 9. From starting line at Mark A easterly to Mark B,
leaving it to starboard; thence southerly to whistling buoy
lying southeast of Baker Island, leaving it to starboard; thence
westerly to black and white can buoy lying southeast of Seawall
Point, leaving it to starboard; thence northerly to finish at
Mark A.
No. 10. Reverse of No. 9, leaving marks to port.
NOTE.-The starting line of Course No. 9 and the finish
line of Course No. 10 will be the usual line for the course to
and from Mark B; the starting line of Course No. 10 and the
finish line of Course No. 9 will be the usual line for the course
to and from Mark D.
5
STARTING AND FINISHING LINE
(As indicated in the following diagram)
southern to Harbor. The northern mark fiies red entrance flag, the
Northeast Consists of three marks forming a triangle off the
a white flag and the western a blue flag. a
To and from
RED MARK
MARK "C5
To and from
BLUE MARK
MARK "B"
To and from
MARK "D",
STARTING LINE E
FINISHING LINE
N
WHITE MARK
YACHTS MUST KEEP CLEAR OF STARTING AREA
UNTIL PREPARATORY SIGNAL FOR THEIR CLASS
TIME LIMIT
Three hours from the starting signal for each class, except
for Courses Nos. 9 and 10, which shall be 2 P. M. for the morning
races and sunset for afternoon races. No races will be resailed.
FOULS
In case of a foul, a yacht clearly at fault shall withdraw
from the race.
PROTESTS
Protests must be in writing and placed in the hands of the
Secretary of the Race Committee before 6 P. M. of the day
following the race in which the alleged violation of the racing
rules was committed. Protests will be heard at Fleet Head-
quarters at 9 A. M. on the Monday following the race in which
the protest is made.
UNFAVORABLE WEATHER
In of unfavorable weather, races will be postponed cannot be
sailed communicate with Fleet Headquarters on the afternoon
until then will be cancelled. To ascertain if a race day set,
the case next day at the same hour, and if they will be
sailed, at 9 o'clock for morning races and by 1 o'clock for
races.
6
CONDITIONS FOR REGULAR RACES
DATES
July Series:
Tuesday morning, July 17
Friday afternoon, July 20
Friday afternoon, July 27
Tuesday morning, July 31
Tuesday morning, July 24
August Series:
Friday afternoon, August 3 Tuesday afternoon, August 21
Tuesday afternoon, August 7 Tuesday afternoon, August 28
Friday afternoon, August 10 Friday afternoon, August 31
Tuesday afternoon, August 14
CLASSES
Class S
Herreshoff 21-foot class.
Class A
Northeast Harbor 17-foot class.
Class B
Crowninshield 171/2-foot class.
Class O
Northeast Harbor 15-foot class.
Class MDI
Mount Desert Island 17-foot class (in asso-
ciation with Seal Harbor Yacht Club).
CREWS
In July Series
One professional is permitted on each yacht but may not
handle tiller.
In August Series
One professional is permitted on each yacht on which there
is no other person over 14 years. In such case the professional
must not handle tiller.
ENTRIES
No yacht is eligible to compete unless her captain is a mem-
ber of THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET; except in Class MDI,
where her captain must be a member of The Northeast Harbor
Fleet or of the Seal Harbor Yacht Club.
7
ENTRANCE FEE
Entrance fee of $5.00 for each yacht is payable immedi-
ately to Robert E. L. Johnson, Secretary, Race Committee,
Northeast Harbor, Me. A yacht is not entitled to credit for
participation in races until her entrance fee is paid. Only
yachts whose owners are members in good standing in the
Fleet will be scored. THIS RULE WILL BE STRICTLY
ENFORCED.
RACING NUMBERS
Each yacht must carry her racing number. Information
concerning racing numbers may be obtained from the Chair-
man or Secretary of the Race Committee.
STARTS
Warning
White Flag
10.15 A. M., 2.15 P. M.
Preparatory Class B
Code Flag P... 10.20 A. M., 2.20 P. M.
Start Class B
Code Flag B... 10.25 A. M., 2.25 P. M.
Preparatory Class S
Start Class S
Preparatory Class A,
Code Flag S. 10.30 A. M., 2.30 P. M.
1st Div
Start Class A, 1st Div
Code Flag A
10.35 A. M., 2.35 P. M.
Preparatory Class A,
2nd Div
Start Class A, 2nd Div.
Code Flag Z
10.40 A. M., 2.40 P. M.
Preparatory Class O...
Start Class o
Code Flag 0... 10.45 A. M., 2.45 P M.
Preparatory Class MDI
Start Class MDI
Code
Flag M 10.50 A. M., 2.50 P. M.
Postponements
Code Flag G
Postponements for 15-minute intervals.
PRIZES
will be awarded to the winner in each race usual and
to the Pennants winners in each series. In the August series the
cups will be awarded.
8
YACHTS
FINISHING
27
28
29
30
OF
POINTS
24
25
26
TABLE
Number
of
Starters
21
22
23
100
100
100
19
20
18
100
100
100
100
97
97
16
17
15
100
100
100
96
96
96
13
14
12
100
100
96
96
100
95
96
93
93
93
93
10
11
100
95
92
92
90
90
8
9
7
100
100
95
95
91
91
92
6
100
89
89
89
94
94
A
5
94
90
90
90
87
88
88
86
87
2
3
100
93
93
89
86
85
86
Place
100
91
92
92
88
88
85
86
84
85
90
86
83
82
83
81
82
83
83
87
84
83
100
100
88
89
85
81
82
83
81
82
78
79
80
81
77
78
79
80
80
83
so
79
78
78
80
86
SO
75
80
75
78
1st
75
77
71
73
73
75
77
75
76
75
76
78
50
60
67
67
70
71
72
73
73
7t
75
76
77
74
74
69
71
71
72
73
73
2nd
33
50
57
63
64
67
60
64
67
69
68
70
40
50
50
58
62
67
70
71
56
65
68
70
70
71
3rd
25
43
55
63
50
57
63
65
67
67
68
67
68
69
70
20
33
60
44
61
64
65
38
50
54
59
60
62
63
64
66
66
67
4th
29
56
33
40
46
50
53
56
58
25
42
50
53
57
59
61
62
63
64
46
5th
14
47
53
55
58
60
63
63
30
36
43
6th
22
50
55
57
59
60
13
33
39
44
47
50
52
56
59
36
17
52
57
59
60
20
27
40
54
50
54
56
57
25
31
41
44
7th
10
18
29
33
38
42
45
48
50
52
53
56
23
39
45
48
17
31
40
13
48
49
52
8th
35
27
33
37
43
46
50
52
53
15
21
29
41
25
35
42
44
46
48
38
48
50
9th
14
20
28
32
36
39
41
44
47
47
19
24
10th
26
30
33
32
35
38
40
13
43
44
18
22
36
38
41
11th
13
25
29
33
41
43
12
17
21
27
30
37
40
16
20
24
29
32
34
33
36
37
40
12th
23
26
15
19
28
30
32
34
37
13th
22
25
14
18
24
27
30
31
33
14th
14
17
21
26
29
20
23
15th
13
17
22
25
27
30
16
19
13
21
24
27
16th
15
19
12
20
23
17th
15
18
8
14
17
20
18th
11
14
17
19th
10
13
20th
10
21st
7
22nd
3
23rd
24th
25th
26th
27th
28th
29th
30th
SUB-DIVISION A CLASS
will follows:
be Class as A this year will be raced in two divisions. The plan
divided into two divisions by lot. Thereafter boats will be
1. Before the first race of the season the boats
reclassified their (for the coming week) every Monday on basis will be
List of boats to sail in each division for the week will be posted
point score for race or races sailed the previous week. of
at the Fleet Headquarters on Monday afternoon.
2. In subsequent races the first division will be composed
of the boats which finished in the first half of each division in
the previous week. In the case of an uneven number of boats
racing in each division, the odd boat remains in the first division,
but does not advance from the second.
3. Scoring in the two divisions will be by points on the
same system formerly used, except,
4. In the second division points scored will be given two-
thirds value of the corresponding points scored in the first
division. For the first week and before reclassification, points
will be scored on the same basis in both divisions.
5. A boat to be eligible for the first division which does
not start in the next race is still eligible to that division when
she starts.
CUTS ALLOWED
The following cut system has been adopted for trial in the
July series. If successful, it will probably be adopted for the
August series. The plan is as follows:
The rating will be determined by dividing the total series
score of each boat sailing in every race by the total number of
races sailed by the class. For boats which miss one or more
races, the total series score of the boat will be divided by one
less than the number of races sailed by the class.
10
CONDITIONS FOR SPECIAL EVENTS
George Davenport Hayward Memorial Cup Race
Date:
Friday, August 17, 1928.
Entries: Class S, A, B and O.
Course: No. 7 or No. 8, to be announced at warning signal.
Postponements: Code flag G. 15-minute intervals.
Prize: First yacht across finish line to receive a replica of the
Hayward Memorial Cup and to have name engraved
on Hayward Cup.
Details will be announced later.
Seamanship Race
Date:
Wednesday, August 1, 1928.
Entries: Class A.
Crews: Corinthians under 21.
Prize:
Cup presented by Miss Mary C. Wheelwright.
Details will be announced later.
Sixth Annual Cruise
Dates: Thursday, Friday and Saturday, August 23, 24, and
25, 1928.
Entries: All racing classes. Special classes will be arranged.
Courses: Northeast Harbor to Seal Cove; Seal Cove to East
Blue Hill; East Blue Hill to Seal Cove; Seal Cove
to Northeast Harbor.
Details will be announced later.
Novelty Race
Date:
July 4, 1928.
Details will be announced later.
The Committee hopes that all will coöperate with the
Committee. In order that there may be the greatest possible
number of starters in each race, those who are prevented from
sailing their yachts are requested to obtain substitutes. It is
the wish of the Committee that the keen spirit of friendly com-
petition, which has been the tradition of these races in the past,
will continue.
FLEET HEADQUARTERS
Fleet Headquarters are established in the village at North-
east Harbor, where a telephone is installed. The Secretary,
Race Committee, will be glad to answer questions.
JOHN TYSSOWSKI,
Chairman, Race Committee
ROBERT E. L. JOHNSON,
Southwest Harbor.
Secretary, Race Committee
Northeast Harbor.
11
EXTRACTS FROM YACHT RACING RULES
RULE IX
Amenable to Racing Rules
AMENABLE.
for Rules her the time the PREPARATORY Racing
1. A from yacht shall be amenable to the
until class is made, and shall continue signal
across the finish line.
her entire hull and spars have passed SO
RESTRICTION
OF RIGHTS.
yachts whose preparatory signal has not signal,
2. From the setting of the warning
made must keep clear of other yachts whose been
preparatory signal has been made. After
ing the finishing line a yacht shall not interfere cross-
with any yacht still in the race.
RULE X
Start and Finish
WHEN
TIMED.
4. The time of the start for each class shall
be taken when the starting signal for the class
has been given.
PREMATURE
START.
5. If this point in any yacht [the foremast on
a schooner and the mainmast on a sloop or
yawl] be across the line when the starting signal
is made, she must return and start again.
LOSS OF
RIGHT
6. A yacht SO returning, or one working into
position from the wrong side of the line after
OF WAY.
the signal for starting has been made, must keep
clear of and give way to all competing yachts.
7. A yacht starting after her starting interval
has expired shall keep clear of and give way to
yachts starting during their specified starting
intervals.
MARKS OF
8. The marks used to establish the starting
COURSE.
line become marks of the course for each class
at its preparatory signal, and remain such until
the finish of the race.
TIME AT
9. The time of a yacht at the finish shall be
FINISH.
taken when the foremast on a schooner and
mainmast on a sloop or yawl is on the finishing
line, but a yacht remains amenable to the rules
so long as any part of the hull, spars or other
equipment remains on the line.
12
RULE XI
Course Signals
COURSE.
SHORTENING during a race shorten the course by any establish-
4. The Race Committee may at time
ing a finish line at any mark thereof where the
Committee "M" Boat takes station, sets Code Flag
and calls attention thereto by firing two
guns, or blowing two blasts of the whistle, horn
or other device. In such an event, the time
allowances shall be proportionately reduced.
RULE XII
Starting Signals
STARTING
1. The Starting Signals for all races, to which
SIGNALS.
attention shall be called by gun, whistle, horn
or other device, shall be as follows:
TYPE OF
Warning. The hoisting of a White Ball or
SIGNALS.
Shape.
Preparatory. Five minutes after the warn-
ing signal, the hoisting of a Blue Ball or Shape.
Start. Five minutes after the preparatory
signal, the hoisting of a distinctive signal, as
provided in instructions.
INTERVALS
2. Yachts racing in classes or division, shall
BETWEEN
be started at five-minute intervals and a dis-
SIGNALS.
tinctive signal shall be hoisted for each such
class or division. The starting signal for one
class or division shall be the preparatory signal
for the next succeeding class or division. Each
signal shall remain hoisted for four and a half
minutes and there shall be an interval of a half-
minute between the lowering of a signal and the
hoisting of the next signal.
POSTPONE-
5. When the time of starting is postponed
MENT OF
until later in the day, the Committee shall
START.
hoist Code Flag "G"; postponements shall be
for even fifteen-minute intervals.
13
RULE XIV
Accidents
ACCIDENTS.
Each yacht shall render every possible assist-
ance to any vessel or person in peril, and if in
the judgment of the Race Committee she shall
have thereby injured her chances of winning,
they shall order the race resailed between such
yacht and the winner in her class.
RULE XV
Postponed and Resailed Races
RACE
DECLARED
2. At any time after the starting signal and
OFF.
before the finish the Race Committee shall have
power to declare off or order resailed any race,
should unfavorable weather conditions render a
finish improbable within the time limit. The
signal denoting such action shall be Code Flag
"J." New entries shall not be received for
such resailed race, and a yacht disqualified in
the original race shall not be eligible to start in
the resailed race.
RULE XVII
Definitions
DEFINITIONS.
1. CLOSE-HAULED AND FREE.
(a) Close-hauled. A yacht is close-hauled
when sailing by the wind as close as she
can lay with advantage in working to
windward.
(b) Free. A yacht not SO sailing is sailing
free.
2. DIRECTION OF WIND.
A yacht is deemed to have the wind on the
side opposite to that on which she is carrying
her mainboom.
3. OVERLAPPING AND CLEAR.
Two yachts sailing the same or nearly the
same course are said to be overlapping when
either yacht has no longer a free choice on
which side of the other she shall pass and the
ward yacht by luffing, or the windward yacht
overlap continues to exist SO long as the lee-
by bearing away, is in danger of fouling. Other-
wise they are said to be clear.
14
DEFINITIONS.
4. OVERTAKING.
(Continued)
Cf the two yachts sailing the same or nearly
the same course, the one clear astern, if ap-
proaching the other SO as to involve an overlap,
is said to be the overtaking yacht, and she
continues such after the yachts overlap until
she has again drawn clear.
5. LUFFING.
A yacht is luffing when she so alters her
course as to sail a course more nearly into the
wind.
6. MARK.
A mark is any vessel, boat, buoy, or other
object used to indicate the course, but does
not become such until the preceding mark, if
any, has been rounded or passed, or in the case
of marks establishing the starting line, until the
preparatory signal has been made.
RULE XVIII
Right of Way
RIGHT OF
When one yacht is approaching another yacht,
WAY.
SO as to involve the risk of fouling, one of them,
except as provided in section 2 of Rule IX or in
sections 6 or 7 of Rule X, shall keep clear of the
other as follows:
1. ON DIFFERENT POINTS OF SAILING.
A yacht free shall keep clear of one close-
hauled.
2. ON SAME POINT OF SAILING WITH WIND
ON OPPOSITE SIDES.
A yacht with wind on the port side shall keep
clear of a yacht with wind on the starboard
side. (This section defines the starboard tack
rule which underlies and controls all racing rules
except as provided in Section 9 of this rule.)
3. ON SAME POINT OF SAILING, WITH WIND
ON SAME SIDE.
When both yachts are free, and have the wind
on the same side, the yacht to windward shall
keep clear.
15
RIGHT OF
WAY.
4. CONVERGING CLOSE-HAULED.
(Continued)
When two yachts, both close-hauled on the
same tack, are converging by reason of the lee-
ward yacht holding a better wind, and neither
can claim the rights of a yacht being overtaken,
then the yacht to windward shall keep clear.
5. ALTERING COURSE.
When of two yachts one is obliged to keep
clear, the other (subject to the provisions of
Section 6, Clause (a) ), shall not SO alter her
course as to involve the risk of fouling.
6. OVERTAKING, LUFFING AND BEARING
AWAY.
A yacht overtaking another yacht shall keep
clear of the overtaken yacht.
(a) PASSING TO WINDWARD.
Provided that the overtaking yacht makes
her overlap on the side opposite to that on
which the overtaken yacht then carries her
mainboom, the overtaken yacht may luff as
she pleases to prevent the overtaking yacht
passing her to windward, until the overtaken
yacht is in such a position that her bowsprit
end, or stemhead, if she has no bowsprit, would
strike the overtaking yacht abaft the main
shrouds, when her right to luff further from
her course shall cease.
(b) PASSING TO LEEWARD.
An overtaken yacht must never bear away to
prevent another yacht from passing her to lee-
ward-the lee side to be considered that on
which the leading yacht of the two carries her
main boom. The overtaking yacht must not
luff until she has drawn clear ahead of the
yacht which she has overtaken.
7. RIGHTS ON NEW COURSE.
A yacht shall not be entitled to her right on
a new course:
16
RIGHT OF
(a) Until she has filled away.
WAY.
(b) If she SO alters her course as to involve
(Continued)
the immediate risk of fouling another yacht
which, owing to her position, cannot keep clear.
8. PASSING AND ROUNDING MARKS.
If an overlap exists between two yachts when
both of them, without tacking, are about to
pass a mark on a required side, then the out-
side yacht must give the inside yacht room to
pass clear of the mark.
A yacht shall not, however, be justified in
attempting to establish an overlap and thus
force a passage between another yacht and the
mark after the latter yacht has altered her
helm in the act of rounding.
9. OBSTRUCTION TO SEA-ROOM.
When a yacht is approaching a shore, shoal,
pier, rock, vessel or other dangerous obstruc-
tion, and cannot go clear by altering her course
without fouling another yacht, then the latter
shall, on being hailed by the Club member in
charge of the former, at once give room; and
in case one yacht is forced to tack or to bear
away in order to give room, the other shall also
tack or bear away as the case may be at as
near the same time as possible without danger
of fouling. But should such obstruction be a
designated mark of the course, a yacht forcing
another to tack under the provisions of this
section shall be disqualified. (See Rule XX,
Section 2, where this rule is particularly referred
to.)
The provisions relating to obstructions include
as such any vessel, whether a competing yacht
or not, of which the yacht concerned must keep
clear.
RULE XX
Disqualifications
DISQUALIFI-
1. Each yacht must go fairly around the
CATIONS.
course, and in rounding each specified mark
her track from the preceding to the following
FOULING
mark must enclose it on the required side. A
MARKS.
yacht touching a mark, unless wrongfully com-
pelled to do SO by another yacht, shall at once
abandon the race.
17
SPECIAL CODE SIGNALS
The following special code signals are adopted:
A
Class A, 1st Division: or start Class A, 1st Division.
B.
Class B; or start Class B.
G.......
Postponement.
J
Race is off.
M
Class MDI; or start Class MDI; or "Finish here."
O
Class O; or start Class O; or "Mark has shifted;
this vessel is the mark."
P
Preparatory.
S.
Class S; or start Class S.
Z
Class A, 2nd Division; or start Class A, 2nd Division.
18
INTERNATIONAL CODE SIGNALS
A
Y
B
J
R
Z
"CODE FLAG" AND
"ANSWERING PENNANT'
C
K
S
D
L
T
When used as the "Code
Flag" it is to be hoisted under
the ensign
OR
When used as the "Answer.
ing Pennant" itisto be hoisted
E
M
U
at the masthead or where best
seen.
F
N
V
G
W
H
P
X
RACING INSTRUCTIONS.
CUT, ETC.
ENTRY LIST
1928.
Changes in Racing Regulations for 1928 scason.
The following changes have been worked out by your
racing committee in consultation with the officers of
the Fleet. In all cases the problems considered are
ones which have bccn generally discussed by members of
the Floot and the consensus of opinion of our members,
so far as known, has determined the conclusions reached
is
by your committee:
Sub Division A Class
It has developed that during the last year or two
the A Class in our fleet has Brown so largo as to be un-
wicldy and unsatisfactory to many of the Captains sailing
in this class.
Your committee has given this subject considerable
study and finally arrived at a scheme for subdividing the
A floot for the 1923 scason, This system in based upon
that which has been successfully adopted, after consider-
abic xpcrimentacion, by the Tarratino Club, and cmbodies
the basic idcas of thr Tarratino Club system, together
with certain improvements suggested by Mr. Samuel 0. Davis
of that Club, and modified so an to fit our particular
conditions,
The plan for racing Class A in. two divisions will 11 be
as follows:-
Change of Racing Time
It is the opinion of many of our "wcather wisc" members
that morning winds arc more favorable and also it is hold
by quito a proportion of our members that morning sailing
will interfere loss with the other activitics of the sum..
mcr colony, The opinion on this subject appcars strong
enough to warrant giving the idca a trial, accordingly, in
the July scries, raccs schcduled for Tuesday will bc sailed
in the mornings. Starting timcs will bc announced in the
Racing Instructions, to bc published later.
Cuts Allowed
with a membership such as ours, comprising many bus-
incss mon liablc to bc unavoidably called away, it has
sccmcd unfair to rank boats on a basis of all the raccs
of a scries. To meet this objection a "Cut" system in
successful use by a number of other yacht clubs will bc
tricd for the July scries. Under this plan the rating
in the July scrics will DC determined by dividing the
total scries scorc of cach boat sailing in cvery racc by
the total number of raccs sailcd (by the class). For
boats which miss one or more raccs, the total scries
scorc of the boat will bc divided by one less than the
number of raccs sailcd by the class. The success of
this plan in July scrics will also determine whether a
similiar plan, allowing one or more cuts, will bc
adopted for the August scrics.
1. Before the first racc of the scason the boats will bc
divided into two divisions by lot. Thercafter, boats
will bc rc-classificd 'for the coming week) every Mon-
day on basis of their point score for racc or raccs
sailed the previous week. The list of boats to sail in
cach division for the week will bc posted at the Fleet
hoadquarters on Monday afternoon.
2. In subsequent raccs the first division will bc com-
posrd of the boats who finished in the first half of
cach division in the previous weck. In the casc of an
unoven number of boats racing in either division, the
odd boat, remains in the first division, but docs not
advance from the second.
3. Scoring in the two divisions will bc by points on the
same system formerly used, except
4. In the second division points scorcd will bc Biven 2/3
value corressponding points scored in the first div-
ision for the first week and bcfore rc-classification.
For the raccs sailed before the first rc-classific-
ation, points will bc scored on the same basis in
both divisions.
5. A boat to bc cligiblc to the first division which
docs not start an the ncxt racc is still cligible to
that division when shc starts.
Inside Course for Class 0
The advisability of establishing a protected course
which could bc used by O boats in bad weather, is being
considered. The course will probably be in part of the
bay North of Greening Island. Particulars will be an-
nounced at the beginning of the racing season.
Payment of Ducs
In the past some difficulty has been cEperienced
in collecting membership dues promptly. Such carcless-
ness on the part of our members merely adds needlessly
to the difficultics in conducting the business of the
organization. Accordingly, for the 1928 season it is
felt wise to enforce the rule that no boat will be
scored in any racc unless its owner bc a member in
good standing - meaning dues paid in full to date.
A little cooperation from members in this respect
will greatly assist the work of your officers.
John Tyssowski
Chairman, Racc Committee.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
ENTRY LIST
1928
Class "A" Northcast Harbor 17 Footers
1 "Daffydill"
Mrs. Henry Parkman
2 "Ino"
Miss Elizabeth Madcira
3 "Gnat"
William F. Cochran
4 "Atlanta"
3. E. Dane, Jr.
6 "Hustla"
Charles D. Dickey
7
Caspe: W. Morris
10 "Constance"
crawford C. Maddiro
1-1 "Mccoh II"
Conway Clasted
12 "Sinbad"
Charles Pratt
14 "Yojo"
Walter Eversman
16 "Ncvis"
C. P. B. Jcffcrys
17 "Kipper"
Gorrish H. Milliken
18 "Little Scamp"
Miss Kathlccn Burke
19 "Collccn"
Frank D. Bain
21 "Polly"
Edwin Corning
22 "Mary"
Stacy B. Lloyd, Jr.
23 "Kath1ccn"
Alan Fox
24 "Last Chancc"
Tharton Sinkler
27 "Tsana"
28 "Jarif"
William J. Strawbridge
29 "Alcda"
Froderic E. Camp
30 "Bob White"
Walter H. Lipponcott, Jr.
31 "Kinglot"
Fredcrick Fralcy, Jr.
32 "Don Q"
Reginald C. Robbins, Jr.
33 "Jnck Tar III"
Porcy H. Clark, Jr.
34 "Nancy"
John D. Rockcfcllcr, 3rd.
37 "Rccf Point"
E. Q. Trowbridge
38
Harper Siblcy
Edscl B. Ford
40
John Fox
41 "Englct"
Arthur P. Butler, Jr.
E. F. Butler
42
Harry G. Haskcll
43
Dr. John W. Bartol
44
Bruton Strangc
45
A. E. Newbold, Jr.
Class "g" Crowninshield 17 1/2 Footers
1 "B'rrr Rabbit
Edgar B. Howard
2 Navajo"
Robert E. L. Johnson
3 "Q. T."
John Tyssowski
4 Warron
Dr. C. E. Briggs
5
"witnit"
L. J. Brengle, Jr.
6
Dana B. Hincklcy
7
H. M. Hessenbruch
8 "Nan"
Mrs. John Van Pclt
9 "whim"
F. W. Simmons
10 "Acc"
Henry D. Stobbins
11 "VCBR"
W. Barton Eddison
12 "Electron"
Mrs. Jamca Murphy
13 "Venturc"
Robert K. McInncs
John G. Batcs
14
W. Rodman Fay
15
Class "0" Northcast Harbor 15 Footers
1 "Miss Dcal"
2
Stephen Whitney Jr.
3 "Oh-no"
Mrs. S. G. Nonman
4 "Venture"
R. Gwyene Stout
5 "Go-Oct-Em"
Mcc. Win, JCDRO
6 "Dittle Woodon Shoc"
Krs. C. Bradford Fralcy
8 "Drin Dum"
Dr. E. L. Koyes
9 "Nud Puppy"
Miss Elinor Thompson
11 "Fimbo"
Elss Adilic Mcrrill
13
Nrs. Philip Wallis
14 "Cherrio"
Mes. Froderick Jordan
15
S. 3. Trury, Jr.
16
Lincoln Godfrey, or.
17 Flamingo
Loonard is. Yorkes, Jr.
James G. Iciper, Jr.
Class "s" Herreshoff 21 Footers
1 "Spindrift"
2 "Danac"
Fredcric O. Spodden
Gano Dunn
feau Race
1928
NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
OCEAN SCHOONER RACE
To be hold August 11th, 1928 at 10 a. m.
CONDITIONS
1. Malabar ype schooners, not exceeding 55 feet overall,
2. Yachts shall be sailed by smeteurs, professionals how-
ever being permitted in crews.
3. Designers certificate of rating to be furnished with
entry if available; if not, following imformation must
bc given. Name of yacht, Lengbh overall, Length water
line, Beam, Draft, Sail area in lowers and what light
sails are carried.
4. Full cruising equipment must be carried excepting that
yachts need not carry dinghies.
5. Captains of competing yachts will report aboard Committee
boat at the entrance to Harbor at 9 a. m. to receive sail-
ing instructions.
6. Warning gun
9.45 a. m.
Preparatory gun 9.55
Start
10.00
7. Entries should be sent to Capt. F. M. Haines carc of the
Northcast Harbor Fleet, Northeast Harbor, Maine. Entries
close August 6th, 1928.
1532
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
SEAMANSHIP RACE
1928
"The only mission of a seaman's calling is
keep ships' keels off the ground
To keep
to ships afloat is his business; it is his trust.
Date: August i, 1938
Warning
2:20 p. m.
White flag
Preparatory
2:25
Code flag "P"
Start
2:35
Code flag "A"
Entries: Class "A" only (in writing)
N
Entries must be received before 6 p. m. July 31
by Robert E. L. Johnson Race Committee, Northeast Harbor
408. No post entrics. No boat eligible unless duly entered.
Conditions:
All regular racing instructions will govern except
as modified hercin.
Special Regulations
1. Crews limited to three persons, amateurs, under
21 years of age; the name of the captain to be filed with
written entry.
2. After preparatory signal, no crew shall communi-
cate with anyone outside their own boat, except to demand
right-of-way or to claim a foul.
3. Touching bottom disqualifies, whether or not the
boat floats off unsided.
4. Scaled envclopes containing secret instructions
shall not bc opened C:? contents examincd in any way until
after preparatorys ignal.
Course
Once around triangle formed by Marks A, X, and Y.
Ynchts may sail the course in eithcr direction.
The direct course will contain several natural
obstructions to navigation all clearly shown on government
Chart #306 Where a choice exists, such obstructions may be
loft on either hand in going in cithcr direction.
Mark A: The usual Starting line, using the blue and
white flags only. At start, leave blue to starboard and
white to port; at finish, leave blue to port and white to
starboard: no matter which way you sail the course.
Marks X and Y: to bc determined in accordance with the
Secret Tnstruotions which will bc delivered to each captain
prior to the preparatory signal. The marks will be visible
at a fair distance, but will bear no indication that they
are Racing marks, They may be any floating object and need
not be Sinikaa. Judges will be stationed within sight of ench
mark to check roundings of each mark by each boat.
Before Preparatory signal, yachts shall anchor back of
the starting line under the superintendence of the judges
and shall remain at anchor until after the starting Signal.
Until the Starting Signal, yachts must remain with boom in
crotch, mainsail properly furled under cover, with all the
usual stops and fastenings belayed; jib and spinnaker stowed
below decks: and all halliards and sheets shipshape (as at
moorings for the night) to the satisfaction of the judges.
At Preparatory Signal, scaled instructions may bc open-
ed to determine location of Marks X and Y.
Equipment required
U. S. Government Chart #306
Dividers
Parallel Rulers or Protractor
It is intended that the interval between the signals shall
be employed in locating marks, and determining the policy
in the race.
At Starting Signal anchor must be weighed (hauled on
board.) and carried throughout the race. Sails must not be
set or looseo in any way until start. No matter where the
judges may have found it convenient to line up the competing
boats at and all must cross the official Starting line at
Work A in the proper direction before proceeding to sail
the course.
RIGHT OF WAV: The usual regulations will govern. They
must bc observed carefully to avoid collisions, especially
when boats Going in opposite directions round marks sim-
ultanoously
AWARD; The Scamanship cup, presented by Miss Mary C.
Woodlrnight will be awarded fortone year to the captoin of
the winning yacht. It will become the permanent property
of the captain first winning it twicc
John "Tyssowski
Chairman, Race Committee.
Racing Balletin
1928
NO1.THEAST HARBOR FLEET.
10.00
MEMBERS OF THE FLEET
There has boon a misunderstanding as to the data of the
annual cruisc. Commodore Milliken of the Kollegiwidgwok Yacht
Club una estund our Fleet would sail to Morgan Bay on August
seventeenth. Accordingly lie made arrangements to entertain our
Cleet on that day and could not change to the following week
without great inconvenience. The Bar Harbor Yacht Oluc also
understood our cruise would be Off the earlier date and have
scheiuled their Schooner rone for Aur 1st twenty-third,
Your Executive Committee therefore has decided, in view
of all the tarts, to shari the Annual Cruise on Thursday
August sixteenih. This has made necessary the postponement
of the Hayward Memorial Cup Race from Friday August seven-
teenth to Friday, August twenty-fourth,
W. Barton Eddison
Commodore.
RACING BULLETIN
STARTS
In order to facilitate the work of the Racing Committee
it has been decmad necessary to change the starting times as
follows, which charge becomes effective beginning with the
race scheduled for Tuesday, July 31st and continues through
the August series.
Tuesday
Friday
Warning
10.15 a. m.
2.15 P. m.
Preparatory Class A 1st Div.
10.20
2.20
Start, Class A 1st Div.)
Irreparatory Class S
)
10.25
2.25
Start Class S
)
Preparatory Class B)
10.30
2.30
Start Class B
)
Preparatory Class A 2nd Div. )
10.35
2.35
Start Class A 2rd Div. )
Preospatory Class MDI )
10.40
2.40
Start Class MDI
)
Preparatory Class 0)
10.45
2.45
Start Class O
10.50
2.50
PURPERS ON SAILS
Uniform numbering on sails, within the respective class...
13 considered highly advisable. Accordingly the follow
ing soccifications arc recommended for use on all sails OF
and B yachts.
Class A - Red numbers: size at least 12 inches high
and 2 inches thick; placed just for lard of the top batten
of the mainsail.
Class B - Size and position as above. Black numbers.
Yachts whose numbers do not comply to these specifica-
tions are requested to promptly change to conform. New
numbers may be secured from S. R. Traccy, painter, Northcast
Harbor, for $1.50 per set.
A Class Division
The division of the A fleet will be posted for each
week on or before Monday of that week, in the Flcet Head-
quarters on Main Street, Northeast Harbor. Telephone 408.
Yachts for Hire or Sake
The Fleet Headquarters will gladly assist owners
desiring to sell or rent yachts if they will notify the
Fleet Secretary.
Protests
All protests will be settled at Fleet Headquarters,
Mondays at 9.30 a. m. Members involved in protests arc in-
vited to attend meetings at which their casos arc considered.
Ocean Schooner Race
An Ocean race for Malabar type schooners, not exceed-
ins 55 feet overall, will be held Saturday August 11th.
Captains desiring to enter their schooners are requested to
(i) so c.t Fleet Headquarters on or before August 6th, filing
therewith designers certificates of rating, if available.
Capt. F. M. Haines is in charge of arrangements. Handicaps
will be posted at Fleet Headquarters on August 10th with
other details.
Special Request
All members of the Fleet owning power boats, or other
boats not in racing classes, are carnestly requested to in-
struct their Captains to keep well clear of the course dur.
ing races.
RacingrCommittee.
7 th annual Cruise
Circular Letter.
NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
1928
SEVENTH ANNUAL CRUISE.
The Seventh Annual Cruise will be held on Thursday, Friday and
Saturday, August 16, 17 and 18, 1928.
It is hoped that in addition to the Racing Classes, many yachts
will take part. Yacht owners desiring to participate should advise
the Secretary of the Race Committee as soon as possible.
COURSES:
The destination for Thursday is the camp of Mr. Louis C. Madeira
at Seal Cove, Blue Hill Bay. The course is:
From blue and white flags at Mark A southerly, passing black
spar buoy #3 to starboard and red spar buoy #2 to port, to black
and white can buoy lying southeast of Seawall Point, leaving it to
starboard; thence southwesterly to bell buoy off Long Ledge, leaving
it to starboard; thence westerly, northwesterly and northerly, pass-
ing Gooses Cove Rock and Rummells Hub to starboard, to Dodge's Point;
thence easterly to finish off float of Mr. Madeira, passing mark flying
code flag X to starboard.
Yachts will dress ship at Seal Cove.
The Courses for Friday and Saturday will be annouced at Seal Cove.
START:
Preparatory signal
10.00)
Start Malabar Type Schooners
10.05
Start Class S
10.10
Start Class A
10.15
EASTERN
Start Class B
10.20
STANDARD TIME
Start Class o
10.25
Start Classes MDI, WEE SCOT.
10.30
Start Miscellaneous Yachts
10.35
Eastern Daylight Saving Time will be observed after the start.
For yachts of the Northeast Harbor Fleet, the following will
apply.
ACCOMMODATIONS:
Boys sailing open boats may sleep at the Camp of Mr. Louis C.
Madeira. They are requested to bring their own blankets.
SUBSISTENCE:
Subsistence and messing facilities will NOT be provided ashore
this year. All boats will have to prepare their own meals.
Commodore Seth M. Milliken of the Kollegiwidgwok Yacht Club at
East Blue Hill has kindly invited the crews of the racing classes
to lunch with him on Friday, August 17th. The courtesies of the
Club are extended to the crews of other yachts after luncheon.
LADIES:
Ladies wishing to inquire about accommodations at Seal Cove may
call Miss Elizabeth Madeira, Northeast Harbor 134.
RACING RULES:
The racing rules of the Northeast Harbor Fleet shall govern.
The usual equipment of the various Clubs shall be carried.
JOINING OR PARTING COMPANY:
After joining the Squadron a yacht shall request permission
before leaving from the Commodore aboard the Flagship.
CHARTS:
All boats should acquire charts that fully cover all of the
territory covered. The many dangerous rocks in Blue Hill Bay make
this imperative. These charts may be obtained from Bain's, North-
east Harbor or Parker's at Bar Harbor.
John Tyssowski,
Chairman, Race Committee.
Notice of annual Weeting
1928
(BCUJ)
CPTO
givA or young 1858
I PUAC 00 $ UA plug sug SCUT
PJON
wisping* di 200 1: AOCU+
rbby STI understand POSC was DC GJTS
00 04 TT : MOLE STATUS
up COL we OI PPC Heapon DES
ep ou Volume 52' lasp will will Jonesum POTOLIC FJK
2000 July THE 113 A BUTC (0) CHEPCL bywoo ang or effect spon no 10, is
KAOA poxcol CONSISTENCE dug BULTON
VIT NEW EX THERE CPSC I' ope
BBOXK
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
NOTICE OF A NNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of thc Northcast Harbor Flcct will bc
hold at the home of Mr. Gcrrish H. Millikon, Northcast Har-
bor, Mainc, on Saturday afternoon, August 25, 1928 at 5.45
p. m. Should you bc unablc to attend, plcase cxccutc the
attached proxy and rcturn it to W. Barton Eddison, Commodorc,
Northcast Harbor.
Robert E. L. Johnson
Scerctary.
PROXY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that I, the un-
dersigned, herc by constituto and appoint W. Barton Eddison
and John Tyssowski, or cithcr of them, attorncys and agents
for mc and in my name, place and stead, to votc as my proxy
at the annual mccting of the Northcast Harbor Floct, to bc
hold on Saturday, August 25, 1928, and any adjournments
thercof, upon all matters that may bc brought bcforc the
mooting, as fully as if I wcrc present, giving the said
attorncys and agents full power of substitution and revoca-
tion.
In witness whorcof, I have set my hand and scal
this
day of August 1928.
(Scal)
Witness
NORTHEART HAPPOR PLANT
Goorge Devember Hayward Mcaorini Cup Race
Date: un, 1928.
Tatézes: Class, 5, A, 3, D.
Couroc: N 7 ox No. 6 to be announce as wirning
cages).
Start: wanting
Thito THE
8.20.00
a.
Preperatory Code 5298 7
4.25.00
Start Cinos D God fieg o
Start Close B cock Flaw H
2.40.39
Start Class A Code Fing A
21.23.30
I
Start,Cione S Code Flag 5
Westponsented godic Flag C. 15 minute internale,
Stices
the no 06 the Hoyword OIL risk cup
emb to Gross the finish to TO
NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
George Davenport Hayward Mcmorial Cup Racc
Date: Friday, August 24, 1928.
Entires: Class, S, A, B, O.
Coursc: No. 7 or No. 8 to bc announced at warning
signal.
Start: Warning
White flag
2.20.00 P. m.
Proparatory Code Flag P
2.25.00
Start Class D Code flag O
2.30.00
Start Class B Codc Flag B
2.40.30
Start Class A Codc Flag A
2.42.30
Start Class S Code Flag s
2.43.00
Postponcments: Godc Flag G. 15 minute intervals.
PrizeN First yacht to cross the finish linc to IC -
ceive a rcplica of the Hayward Mcmorial cup
and to have his name cngraved on the Hayward
Cup.
Minutes of annual Meeting, 1928
Northeast Harbor Fleet was held
The annual meeting of the
at the home of Mr. Gerrish N. Milliken
on august 25, 1928. Commodare
Eddison The presided, there a
Reports of officers
meeting were read and accepted.
minutes of the preceding
Commodole Mr. Eddeson thanked
the Regatta committee for theer
Madeira for his Bind assistance
work during the year and Mr.
Secretary 1 he secretary's report
was accepted as read and placed
on file.
Treasurer: Reported a balance ou hand
and placed on file
of $ 8.51.44. Report accepted by motion
Committee on alcharage: Wiss M.C.
20 heelwright gave a report ou the
work of the harbor master.
ProphyColumittee. Mr. Johnson gave a
report for Mrs. Araley, announcing
the cup winners for the different series
and races.
65
Delegate to the M.H.Y.R.A: Mr. E.W.
the work of the association and
Madeira presented a statement of
told of the success of the Northeast
Harbor Javior Crew in the sears
Cup races at Marblehead
Chairman of the Race Committee:
of the two devisions in class a,
of the committee and the success
Mr. Pyscowski told of the work
and the races in the morning
announced the Laber Day race
for the S.W. Harbor SEAMAN'S trophy
protest.
the racing rules be reported by a
Requested that any infringment of
Elections: The following officers were
elected to serve for are year.
Commodare W. Barton Eddison
lice-Commodare: M. E. Feabody
secretary: : Roberte. L.Johnson
Rear Commodore: John Lyssoedski
Treasurer: Gerrish H. Milliben.
Delegate
MAYRA Edward W. Madeira
NAYRU
Old Business: None
new Business:
a motion coas made, seconded,
and passed to award 4,5,6 th place
pennants in anyto class in which
more than 20 have participated.
report for the committee investigating
Mr. vance Me Cormick gave a
a club house, asking that the Fleet
act definitely ou the project
given a committee authority to
Mr. Madeisa submitted the following
resolution that was passed by a
motion: it is
the fleet procure and informal
that the sense of this meeting that
clubhouse, workshop and landing
be located at a suitable site on the
that the clubhouse and landing
harbor and that the worshop be
located as nearby as possible
g hat to carry this resolution into
affect, the commodore appoint a special
committee with fall authority to
under the lawsof the state of Maine
procure the incorporation of the Plat
67
an architect, to cause suitable
Pleet a suitable site, to employ
to purchase or lease for the
buildings and landings to be
constructed, to arrange for furnishing
and equipment and. to make all
necessary arrangements for the
financing of the plan.
Commodire Oddison presented a
most bind offer from thiss
Wheelwright Do rent part of her
back for a foot railway.
was some dis cassion of
new classes of boats.
extend a vote of Dr. Seth
a motion was-passed that car
MilleBen for bes hospitality ou the
seventh cruise
a motion was passed that we
entend a vote of thanks to Mrs. G.
to hold its meeting her
H. Milliken for allowing the at Fleet
residence.
Roberts! L Johuson
Then adjuryed
Secretary
50 photograph I Seeman's zuew 04 Race 20 8000
Dou
gebre
DIVE
Road
4733
0'00
2*
up
111
42
US
8014
with
Supe
7.1
It
over
To
NORTH ST HARBOR FLEET
Special Labor Day Novelty Event
"Sceman's Race"
1. Race will be sailed in B boats. It is requested that owner's
of B boats, who are willing that their boats be used in this
event will notify the Fleet Headquarters, and state inc Mc.
or not they personally will compote as skippers in the 1000.
IS not sailing themselves they may dosignate substitute
skipper.
2. Course:- - The course will be announced from the Comulties
boat before the start of the racc as usual.
3. Start:- Entering boats cailco by skipper or substitute
will report to Committee boat at start at 9 a. M., Monday,
September 3rd.
Preparatory gun 9.40
Starting gun 9.45
4. Postpoment:- Postponnent will not be considered unless
absolutely necessary. Then to the alternoon of the same
day, or morning of the following.
5. Special Conditions
a. Skippers will report with yechts in good scanenlike
condition, all required equipment aboard, spinnacher
in light stop, spare lines, ctc.
b. Promptly after reporting, a drawing will be made
assigning each skipper to a boat as drewn. Skippers
will change to alotted boats and nave may adjust
sails, lines etc. as they see fit until Preparatory
gun.
C. Only skipper allowed in each boat. No crew, deck
hands or chaperones.
d. All and any sails which boats can carry are permitted.
Trophy :- The Famous Southwest Harbor Tin Cup to the winner
and Fleet pennants for first, second, and third place.
Note - Each skipper will be responsible to the owner of the
boat he sails, for damage to hull, rigging, and sails
during the race.
Please promptly enter your boat and yourself as
skipper or nominate your substitute. The Committee will
secure substitutes to man all boats entered if owners
do not nominate their own substitutes.
Race Committee.
Robert E. L. Johnson Retiring Secretary
HOWARD C. JOHNSON, JR.
MOYLAN-ROSE - VALLEY
PENNA.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
RACING INSTRUCTIONS
1929
RESIDENT
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
RACING INSTRUCTIONS
1929
The Northeast Harbor Fleet
Racing Instructions
1929
RACING RULES
The Racing Rules of the North American Yacht Racing
Union will be in force, modified only in so far as is provided
in these instructions.
These Racing Rules are contained in the year book of the
North American Yacht Racing Union, which may be obtained
from Ernest Stavey, Secretary, N. A. Y. R. U., 80 Broad
Street, New York City, at $3.00 a copy; or, annual member-
ship in the N. A. Y. R. U., which carries with it a copy of the
year book, may be secured by sending Mr. Stavey $5.00.
Extracts from these Racing Rules are appended hereto.
These rules differ in some respects from the rules in force last
year.
Each class will observe its own class regulations.
GENERAL RACING REGULATIONS
1. In all classes, boats may alter all details of rig, pro-
vided that the sails and spars must conform in size to the
specifications of the class. Spars ordered after July 28, 1926,
shall not be hollow, except spinnaker poles. Hollow spinnaker
poles may be secured from the Pigeon Hollow Spar Company,
131 Coleridge Street, East Boston, Mass. For Class A, length
is 10 ft.; Class B, 12 ft. 6 in. Sails ordered after July 28,
1926, shall be made by the authorized maker for each class.
Class A, Cousens & Pratt, Brown Wales Building, C and
Fargo Streets, Boston, Mass.; Class B, Wilson & Silsby,
Rowes Wharf, Boston, Mass. Colored sails are permitted.
2. Boats may be hauled out of the water for painting and
cleaning not more often than once in every two weeks.
3
CREWS
Corinthians, except as hereinafter provided.
SAILS AND EQUIPMENT
Working sails and spinnakers only. Spinnakers may be
carried only with tack fastened to spinnaker pole at outboard
end, and with inboard end of pole resting on mast. Spinnaker
pole must be carried to windward of the jib stay.
Each yacht must carry a suitable anchor and rode, a com-
pass, a fog horn and one life preserver for each person on board.
COURSES
Courses will be announced by the display of numbered
flags on Committee Boat. Course flag for Class S, Class A
and Class B will be displayed at warning signal; for Class o
and Class MDI at preparatory signal for Class O.
No. 1. From starting line at Mark A easterly to Mark
B, leaving it to starboard; thence westerly to Mark D, leaving
it to starboard; thence northeasterly to finish at Mark A.
No. 1-X. Substitute Mark X for Mark B; otherwise
same as Course 1.
No. 2. Reverse of No. 1, leaving marks to port.
No. 2-X. Reverse of 1-X.
No. 3. From starting line at Mark A easterly to Mark B,
leaving it to starboard; thence westerly to Mark C, leaving it
to starboard; thence northerly to finish at Mark A.
No. 3-X. Substitute Mark X for Mark B; otherwise
same as Course 3.
No. 4. Reverse of No. 3, leaving marks to port.
No. 4-X. Reverse of 3-X.
No. 5. From starting line at Mark A southerly to Mark
C, leaving it to starboard; thence westerly to Mark D, leaving
it to starboard; thence northeasterly to finish at Mark A.
No. 6. Reverse of No. 5, leaving marks to port.
4
No. 7. From starting line at Mark A southerly to Mark
C, leaving it to starboard; thence westerly to Mark D, leaving
it to starboard; thence northeasterly to White Mark at Mark
A, leaving it to starboard; thence to Marks C and D as before;
from Mark D to finish a Mark A.
No. 8. Reverse of No. 7, leaving marks to port.
No. 9. From starting line at Mark A easterly to Mark B,
leaving it to starboard; thence southerly to whistling buoy
lying southeast of Baker Island, leaving it to starboard; thence
westerly to black and white can buoy lying southeast of Seawall
Point, leaving it to starboard; thence northerly to finish at
Mark A.
No. 10. Reverse of No. 9, leaving marks to port.
NOTE.-The starting line of Course No. 9 and the finish
line of Course No. 10 will be the usual line for the course to
and from Mark B; the starting line of Course No. 10 and the
finish line of Course No. 9 will be the usual line for the course
to and from Mark D.
SHORTENED RACE
In event it be necessary to shorten a race on account of
weather conditions, there will be displayed by a boat flying
the F. Q. (Race Committee) signal at the mark next before
the finish, the signal K (race will be called at
), together
with the letter designating the finish mark. The finish will
then be established between this mark and the Race Com-
mittee boat.
5
STARTING AND FINISHING LINE
(As indicated in the following diagram)
Consists of three marks forming a triangle off the entrance
to Northeast Harbor. The northern mark flies a red flag, the
southern a white flag and the western a blue flag.
To and from
RED MARK
MARK "C"
To and from
BLUE MARK
MARK "B"
To and from
MARK 'D'
STARTING LINE E
FINISHING LINE
N
WHITE MARK
Yachts must keep clear of starting area until preparatory
signal for their class.
TIME LIMIT
Three hours from the starting signal for each class, except
for Courses Nos. 9 and 10, which shall be 2 P. M. for morning
races and sunset for afternoon races. No races will be re-sailed.
FOULS
In case of a foul, a yacht clearly at fault should withdraw
from the race.
PROTESTS
Protests must be in writing and placed in the hands of
the Secretary of the Committee before 6 P.M. of the day fol-
lowing the race in which the alleged violation of the racing
rules was committed. Protests will be heard at Fleet Head-
quarters at 9 A. M. on the Monday following the race in which
the protest is made.
6
UNFAVORABLE WEATHER
In case of unfavorable weather, races will be postponed
until the next day at the same hour, and if they cannot be
sailed then, will be cancelled. To ascertain if a race will be
sailed, communicate with Fleet Headquarters on the day set,
at 8.30 o'clock for morning races and by 1 o'clock for afternoon
races.
CONDITIONS FOR RACES
July Series:
Tuesday
July 16
P. M.
Friday
July 19
A. M.
Tuesday
July 23
P. M.
Friday
July 26
A. M.
*Southwest Harbor Race for V.I.A.
Cup
Tuesday, July 30
August Series:
*Seamanship Race
Thursday, August 1
Friday
August 2
A. M.
*Championship Regatta for Maine
Junior Championship
August 5, 6, 7, 8
Tuesday
August 6
P. M.
Friday
August 9
A. M.
Tuesday
August 13
P. M.
*Annual Ocean Schooner Race
August 15
*George Davenport Hayward Me-
morial Cup Race
August 17
Tuesday
August 20
P. M.
*Annual Cruise
August 22, 23, 24
Tuesday
August 27
P. M.
Friday
August 30
A. M.
*Seaman's Race
Labor Day, September 2
Classes
Class S
Herreshoff 21-foot class.
Class A
Northeast Harbor 17-foot class.
Class B
Manchester-Islesboro 171/2-foot class.
Class o
Northeast Harbor 15-foot class.
Class MDI
Mount Desert Island 17-foot class (in asso-
ciation with Seal Harbor Yacht Club).
Special events not included in monthly series. Bulletins will be
issued giving full particulars in each case.
7
CREWS
In July Series
One professional is permitted on each yacht but may not
handle tiller.
In August Series
One professional is permitted on each yacht on which there
is no other person over 14 years. In such case the professional
must not handle tiller.
DUES AND RACING FEE
Only yachts whose owners are members of the Fleet (dues
fully paid) may participate in races. Further, no yacht will
receive credit or be scored for participation in any race until
her racing fee is paid. Racing fee, $15.00 per season, is payable
to Howard C. Johnson, Jr., Secretary, Race Committee, North-
east Harbor.
RACING NUMBERS
Each yacht must carry her racing number.
Class A-Red numbers 12 in. high, 2 in. thick; placed just
forward of the top batten of the mainsail.
Class B-Size and position as above; black numbers.
STARTS
9.20 A. M.
Warning
2.15 P. M.
9.25 A. M.
Preparatory Class A, 1st Div
2.20 P. M.
Start Class A, 1st Div
9.30 A. M.
Preparatory Class B
2.25 P. M.
Start Class B
9.35 A. M.
Preparatory Class A, 2nd Div
2.30 P. M.
Start Class A, 2nd Div
9.40 A. M.
Preparatory Class MDI
2.35 P. M.
Start Class MDI
9.45 A. M.
Preparatory Class o
2.40 P. M.
9.50 A. M.
Start Class o
2.45 P. M.
Postponements
Code Flag G
Postponements for 15-minute intervals
8
TABLE OF POINTS AWARDED TO YACHTS FINISHING
Number of Starters
Place
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
1st
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
2nd
100
100
50
67
75
80
S3
86
88
89
90
91
92
92
93
93
94
94
94
95
95
95
95
96
96
96
96
96
96
3d
97
97
33
50
60
67
71
75
78
SO
82
83
85
S6
87
SS
88
89
90
90
90
91
91
92
92
92
93
93
4th
93
93
25
40
50
57
63
67
70
73
75
77
79
SO
81
82
83
84
85
86
S6
S7
88
88
S9
89
89
5th
90
90
20
33
43
50
56
60
64
67
69
71
73
75
77
78
79
SO
81
82
83
83
84
85
6th
85
S6
86
87
17
29
38
44
50
55
58
62
64
67
69
71
72
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
81
S2
7th
83
83
14
25
33
40
46
50
54
57
60
63
65
67
68
70
71
73
74
75
76
78
8th
78
78
80
SO
13
22
30
36
42
46
50
53
56
59
61
63
65
67
68
70
71
72
73
74
75
9th
76
77
11
20
27
33
39
43
47
50
53
56
58
60
62
64
65
67
68
70
70
71
10th
73
73
10
18
25
31
36
40
44
47
50
53
55
57
59
61
63
64
66
11th
67
68
69
70
9
17
23
29
33
38
41
44
47
50
52
55
57
58
60
62
12th
63
64
66
67
8
15
21
27
31
35
39
42
45
48
50
52
54
56
59
59
60
13th
63
63
8
14
20
25
29
33
37
40
43
45
48
50
52
54
14th
56
57
59
60
7
13
19
24
28
32
35
38
41
43
46
48
49
15th
52
53
56
57
7
13
18
22
26
30
33
36
39
42
44
46
16th
48
50
52
53
6
12
17
21
25
29
32
35
38
40
41
17th
44
47
48
50
6
11
16
20
24
27
30
33
36
38
18th
41
43
44
47
6
11
15
19
23
26
29
32
34
37
40
19th
41
43
5
10
14
18
22
25
28
30
33
36
20th
37
40
5
10
14
17
21
24
27
30
32
21st
34
37
5
9
13
17
20
23
26
29
22nd
31
33
4
9
13
16
19
22
23rd
25
27
30
4
8
12
15
19
24th
21
34
27
4
S
11
15
25th
18
20
23
4
8
11
26th
14
17
20
4
7
27th
11
14
17
28th
4
7
10
13
29th
4
7
10
30th
3
7
3
69
14
33
2
4 8
20
36
dy
21
88
17
95
36
40
S2.
Ann
62
Bear 1
21
29
Gilpatrick
40
rky
38
Ledge
52
35
TO
Long
Pond
I
F
100
10m
5
Shoal
50
S.
50
74
st
53
(BEL
50
34
56.1
14
63
21
37
30
31
58
48
30
57
15
71
16
4
54
S5
A
rky
50
50
sec
68
6
79
36
rky
64
Thy
40
68
39
44
D
rky.
7
Greenings
58
37
'
43
Ledg
21
8
S 8
29
5
sft
24
56
60
53
SUTTON
S
I.
S
36
31
60
63
57
41
3
24
45
SA
57
37
51
41
23
51
5
SA
55
23
60
33
20
29
52
rky
48
27
49
63
24
34
S.2
32
20
20
Spurling Rk
18
7
8
17
54
30
36
27
48
16
19
24
16
1
21
28*
A II
14
29
24
Bn
17
26
16
31
54
4
9
o
20
23
17
21
8
8
ling
34
Spurling Pt
15
18
10
10
D
42
46
20
pt
54
6
Long
15
13
31
cow
12
Ledae
5
37
14
23
rky
Prebles
22 Cove
2
9
28
25
7
It
14
12
13 10
3
5
14
13
60
If
9
14
23
4
7
rky
13
Sea Wall
20
High Head
9
I
10 73
3)
7
4
his
3
16
3
14
20
15
11
9
15
2
17
12
16
21
17
11
ad
6
20
13
19
15
16
w
25
12
17
2
Deadm
S3
23
8
12
12
16
32
15
26
37
4
25
N.R.T.
15
C
13
anberry
10
*
36
Ledge
41
43
14
II
16
3
42
16
28
10
14
*
5
Bunker Head
59
10
23
16
44
26
31
12
52
nky
hrd
9
50
9
55
30
41
48
Cave
39
Fer
40
nky
75
50
H
13 4 21
57
48
55 hrd
53
8
50
48
66
South Bunker
67
3
rky
Bras
Ledge
The Nubble
89
76
2
66
37
56
rky
30
34
brk Sh
(4
5
as
59
73
59
28
95
64
82
95
94
82
BELL
48
72
77
34
44
40
119
150
Bowden
(FI w/2
72
86
sft M
59
Ledge
day
55
70
155
S'3A
58
6
76
56
Zewis
Rock
50
rky
125
25
*
58
54
East Bunker
105
60
71
84
Breg+
63
Ledge
102
35
78
60
26
67
73
56
93
103
105
day
102
2
ou Tom
78
S
53
138
rky
53
x
78
105
78
74
93
84
56
70
and
114
24
33
89
99
3
Bunkers Neck
rky
24
LMO
40
2
149
32
70
91
III
14
119
ITTLE
57
700
23
S3
5
3
Harding Ledge
adlocks
Cove
I
3
66
136
CRANBERRY
sft
89
88
8
4
61
rky
rky
100
4
25
10
S
/
3
10
71
9
18
CRANBE
PRY
CG
15
85
my
26
8
134
2
25
6
4
17
17
20
4
16
Cable
32
5
53
97
21
6
3 rky
4
8
22
16
II
rky.
9
28
5
7
7-21
9
4
25
9
9
S
48
4
3
26
14
16
23
20
126
7
17
rky
8
24
22
10
93
day
139
11
12
rky
3
15
31
10
10
8
22
5
12
10
Grs
31
17
35
2
121
81
5
SR
17
is
II
8
5
2
10
Bake
60
12
10
Flev90sec
12
105ft 16m
16
123
15
Pt
16
37
3
28
36
50
9
2
Island
rky
RK
12
17
rky
35
rky
84
8
24
15
8
24
day
16
57
54
6
133
4
I
14
32
70
23
6
15
29
39
dy
9
39
16
56
79
81
13
37
*
79
18
58
24
The Thumper
62
11
nky
85
42
29
44
99
nky
I'll
86
96
100
9Y
S
77
rky
hrd
116
117
87
105
102
WHIST
93
102
83
rky
105
102
rky
80
80
93
PRIZES
Pennants will be awarded to the winner in each race and
to the winners in each series. In the August series the usual
cups will be awarded. For the July and August series and the
racing series on the annual cruise, there will be awarded in
each class the following: 3-6 entries, 1 pennant; 6-12 entries,
2 pennants; 12-18 entries, 3 pennants; 18-24 entries, 4 pen-
nants; over 24, 5 pennants.
SUB-DIVISION A CLASS
Class A this year will be raced in two divisions. This
plan will be as follows:
1. Before the first race of the season the boats will be
divided into two divisions by lot. Thereafter boats will be
reclassified (for the coming week) every Monday on basis of
their point score for race or races sailed the previous week.
Lists of boats to sail in each division for the week will be posted
at the Fleet Headquarters on Monday afternoon.
2. In subsequent races the first division will be composed
of the boats which finished in the first half of each division in
the previous week. In the case of an uneven number of boats
racing in each division, the odd boat remains in the first divi-
sion, but does not advance from the second.
3. Scoring in the two divisions will be by points on the
same system formerly used, except
4. The first boat in the second division shall receive the
same number of points as the last boat remaining in the first
division. Scoring shall be calculated on the basis of the num-
ber of boats remaining in the first division plus one less than
the total number racing in the second division.
5. A boat to be eligible for the first division which does
not start in the next race is still eligible to that division when
she starts.
CUTS ALLOWED
The rating will be determined by dividing the total series
score of each boat sailing in every race by the total number of
races sailed by the classes. For boats which miss one or more
races, the total series score of the boat will be divided by one
less than the number of races sailed by the class.
A boat in Class A which takes an allowed cut will be
classified for the following week according to the position
earned in the race sailed.
10
EXTRACTS FROM YACHT RACING RULES
RULE IX
Amenable to Racing Rules
AMENABLE.
1. A yacht shall be amenable to the Racing
Rules from the time the PREPARATORY signal
for her class is made, and shall continue so
until her entire hull and spars have passed
across the finish line.
RESTRICTION
2. From the setting of the warning signal,
OF RIGHTS.
yachts whose preparatory signal has not been
made, must keep clear of other yachts whose
preparatory signal has been made. After cross-
ing the finishing line a yacht shall not interfere
with any yacht still in the race.
RULE X
Start and Finish
WHEN
4. The time of the start for each class shall
TIMED.
be taken when the starting signal for the class
has been given.
PREMATURE
5. If any yacht or any part of her hull, spars
START.
or other equipment be on or across the starting
line when the starting signal is made, she must
return and start again.
LOSS OF
6. A yacht SO returning, or one working into
RIGHT OF
position from the wrong side of the line after
WAY.
the signal for starting has been made, must
keep clear of and give way to all competing
yachts.
7. A yacht starting after her starting interval
has expired shall keep clear of and give way to
yachts starting during their specified starting
intervals.
TIME AT
8. The time of a yacht at the finish shall be
FINISH.
taken when first any part of her hull or spars
is on the finishing line, but a yacht remains
amenable to the rules so long as any part of
the hull, spars or other equipment remains on
the line.
11
RULE XI
Course Signals
SHORTENING
4. The Race Committee may at any time
COURSE.
during a race shorten the course by establish-
ing a finish line at any mark thereof where the
Committee Boat takes station, sets Code Flag
"M" and calls attention thereto by firing two
guns, or blowing two blasts of the whistle, horn
or other device. In such an event, the time
allowances shall be proportionately reduced.
RULE XII
Starting Signals
STARTING
1. The Starting Signals for all races, to which
SIGNALS.
attention shall be called by gun, whistle, horn
or other device, shall be as follows:
TYPE OF
Warning. The hoisting of a White Ball, or
SIGNALS.
Shape.
Preparatory. Five minutes after the warn-
ing signal, the hoisting of a Blue Ball, or Shape.
Start. Five minutes after the preparatory
signal, the hoisting of a distinctive signal, as
provided in instructions.
INTERVALS
2. Yachts racing in classes or divisions, shall
BETWEEN
be started at five-minute intervals and a dis-
SIGNALS.
tinctive signal shall be hoisted for each such
class or division. The starting signal for one
class or division shall be the preparatory signal
for the next succeeding class or division. Each
signal shall remain hoisted for four and a half
minutes and there shall be an interval of a half-
minute between the lowering of a signal and the
hoisting of the next signal.
POSTPONE-
5. When the time of starting is postponed
MENT OF
until later in the day, the Committee shall
START.
hoist Code Flag "G"; postponements shall be
for even fifteen-minute intervals.
12
RULE XIV
Accidents
ACCIDENTS.
Each yacht shall render every possible assist-
ance to any vessel or person in peril, and if in
the judgment of the Race Committee she shall
have thereby injured her chances of winning,
they shall order the race resailed between such
yacht and the winner in her class.
RULE XV
Postponed and Resailed Races
RACE
2. At any time after the starting signal and
DECLARED
before the finish the Race Committee shall have
OFF.
power to declare off or order resailed any race,
should unfavorable weather conditions render a
finish improbable within the time limit. The
signal denoting such action shall be Code Flag
"J." New entries shall not be received for
such resailed race, and a yacht disqualified in
the original race shall not be eligible to start in
the resailed race.
RULE XVII
Definitions
DEFINITIONS.
1. CLOSE-HAULED AND FREE.
(a) Close-hauled. A yacht is close-hauled
when sailing by the wind as close as she
can lay with advantage in working to
windward.
(b) Free. A yacht not so sailing is sailing
free.
2. DIRECTION OF WIND.
A yacht is deemed to have the wind on the
side opposite to that on which she is carrying
her mainboom.
3. OVERLAPPING AND CLEAR.
Two yachts sailing the same or nearly the
same course are said to be overlapping when
either yacht has no longer a free choice on
which side of the other she shall pass and the
overlap continues to exist so long as the lee-
ward yacht by luffing, or the windward yacht
by bearing away, is in danger of fouling. Other-
wise they are said to be clear.
13
DEFINITIONS
OVERTAKING.
(Continued)
Of the two yachts sailing the same or nearly
the same course, the one clear astern, if ap-
proaching the other SO as to involve an overlap,
is said to be the overtaking yacht, and she
continues such after the yachts overlap until
she has again drawn clear.
5. LUFFING.
A yacht is luffing when she SO alters her
course as to sail a course more nearly into the
wind.
6. MARK.
A mark is any vessel, boat, buoy, or other
object used to indicate the course, but does
not become such until the preceding mark, if
any, has been rounded or passed, or in the case
of marks establishing the starting line, until the
preparatory signal has been made.
RULE XVIII
Right of Way
RIGHT OF
When one yacht is approaching another yacht,
WAY.
SO as to involve the rish of fouling, one of them,
except as provided in section 2 of Rule IX or in
sections 6 or 7 of Rule X, shall keep clear of the
other as follows:
1. ON DIFFERENT POINTS OF SAILING.
A yacht free shall keep clear of one close-
hauled.
2. ON SAME POINT OF SAILING, WITH WIND
ON OPPOSITE SIDES.
A yacht with wind on the port side shall keep
clear of a yacht with wind on the starboard
side. (This section defines the starboard tack
rule which underlies and controls all racing rules
except as provided in Section 9 of this rule.)
3. ON SAME POINT OF SAILING, WITH WIND
ON SAME SIDE.
When both yachts are free, and have the wind
on the same side, the yacht to windward shall
keep clear.
14
RIGHT OF
4. CONVERGING CLOSE-HAULED
WAY
When two yachts, both close-hauled on the
Continued)
same tack, are converging by reason of the lee-
ward yacht holding a better wind, and neither
can claim the rights of a yacht being overtaken,
then the yacht to windward shall keep clear.
5. ALTERING COURSE.
When of two yachts one is obliged to keep
clear, the other (subject to the provisions of
Section 6, Clause (a)), shall not SO alter her
course as to involve the risk of fouling.
6. OVERTAKING, LUFFING AND BEARING
AWAY.
A yacht overtaking another yacht shall keep
clear of the overtaken yacht.
(a) PASSING TO WINDWARD.
Provided that the overtaking yacht makes
her overlap on the side opposite to that on
which the overtaken yacht then carried her
mainboom, the overtaken yacht may luff as
she pleases to prevent the overtaking yacht
passing her to windward, until the overtaken
yacht is in such a position that her bowsprit
end, or stemhead, if she has no bowsprit, would
strike the overtaking yacht abaft the main
shrouds, when her right to luff further from
her course shall cease.
(b) PASSING TO LEEWARD.
A yacht, to hinder another yacht in attempt-
ing to pass her to leeward after the leeward
yacht has established an overlap, must never
bear away in such a manner as to compel the
leeward yacht to alter her course so as to avoid
risk of fouling-the lee side to be considered
that on which the leading yacht of the two
carries her mainboom. The overtaking yacht
must not luff until she has drawn clear of the
yacht which she has just overtaken.
7. RIGHTS ON NEW COURSE.
A yacht shall not be entitled to her right on
a new course:
15
RIGHT OF
(a) Until she has filled away.
WAY.
(b) If she SO alters her course as to involve
(Continued))
the immediate risk of fouling another yacht
which, owing to her position, cannot keep clear.
8. PASSING AND ROUNDING MARKS.
If an overlap exists between two yachts when
both of them, without tacking, are about to
pass a mark on a required side, then the out-
side yacht must give the inside yacht room to
pass clear of the mark.
A yacht shall not, however, be justified in
attempting to establish an overlap and thus
force a passage between another yacht and the
mark after the latter yacht has altered her
helm in the act of rounding.
9. OBSTRUCTION TO SEA-ROOM
When a yacht is approaching a shore, shoal,
pier, rock, vessel or other dangerous obstruc-
tion, and cannot go clear by altering her course
without fouling another yacht, then the latter
shall, on being hailed by the Club member in
charge of the former, at once give room; and
in case one yacht is forced to tack or to bear
away in order to give room, the other shall also
tack or bear away as the case may be at as
near the same time as possible without danger
of fouling. But should such obstruction be a
designated mark of the course, a yacht forcing
another to tack under the provisions of this
section shall be disqualified. (See Rule XX,
Section 2, where this rule is particularly referred
to.)
The provisions relating to obstructions include
as such any vessel, whether a competing yacht
or not, of which the yacht concerned must keep
clear.
RULE XX
Disqualifications
DISQUALIFI-
1. Each yacht must go fairly around the
CATIONS.
course, and in rounding each specified mark
her track from the preceding to the following
FOULING
mark must enclose it on the required side. A
MARKS.
yacht touching a mark, unless wrongfully com-
pelled to do so by another yacht, shall at once
abandon the race.
16
FLEET HEADQUARTERS
Fleet Headquarters are established in the village at North-
east Harbor, where a telephone is installed. The Secretary,
Race Committee, will be glad to answer questions.
JOHN TYSSOWSKI,
Chairman, Race Committee,
Southwest Harbor.
HOWARD COOPER JOHNSON, JR.
Secretary, Race Committee,
Northeast Harbor.
GENERAL CODE SIGNALS
BI
Proceed at will.
CS
Finish here.
DI
Previous signal is annulled.
FQ
Race Committee.
FZ
Squadron is disbanded.
SPECIAL CODE SIGNALS
A
Class A; or start Class A.
B
Class B; or start Class B.
G
Race postponed until later in the day.
H
Race postponed for the day.
I
Race postponed.
J
Race is off.
K
Race will be called at
.
M
Class MDI; or start Class MDI; or "finish here."
o
Class O; or start Class O; or "Mark has shifted;
this vessel is the mark."
P
Preparatory.
S
Class S; or start Class S.
Z
17
INTERNATIONAL CODE SIGNALS
A
Y
B
J
R
Z
'CODE FLAG" AND
-
"ANSWERING PENNANT'
C
K
S
D
L
T
When used as the "Code
Flag" it is to be hoisted under
the ensign
When used as the "Answer.
ing Pennant" it isto be hoisted
E
M
U
at the masthead or where best
seen.
F
N
V
G
W
H
P
X
em
To the Members of the Northeast Horbor Fleet:
As a natural outcome of the continuous growth of our Fleet
and the keen interest of its members, your committee is confronted
with certain problems relating to the conduct of the races. And on
account of the difficulty of frequent meetings your help is required
in reaching the most satisfactory solution of these problems.
It is the purpose of your committee to conduct racing so as
to meet the approval of the majority of the members. Therefore, we
have embodied in the questionnaire submitted herewith, a series of
questions for your consideration and answer. Racing policies for
1929 will be governed according to the replies received.
The two subjects covered relate to (1) Time for starting
races, and; (2) New classes to be added to the Fleet.
Based on past experience, your committee is convinced that,
for morning races, the first class should start at 9:30 o'clock and
in the afternoon at 2:15 o'clock. As to whether morning races are
desired is still an open question.
The question of new classes arises from a demand for a
better and more seaworthy small boat for children, and; also for a
larger and more modern racing craft.
Your committee has given this matter very careful study for
it is realized that the small boat of a proper design will eventually
supersede our "0" and "M D Is" neither of which are considered satis-
factory designs. Already three members have agreed to order new
-2-
boats of the design selected.
A more serious problem confronts us regarding the larger
boats as we already have excellent racing in our "A" and "B"
classes and feel that a new class should only be added if there
is a strong demand - a growth which cannot be satisfied in the
existing classes.
The yachts finally selected for the respective classes
and herewith referred to are the result of a thorough investiga-
tion of all available designs giving due consideration to (1)
Seaworthiness (2) Sailing qualities (3) Cost (4) Tendencies of
modern racing as regards rig and hull design and (5) Our particu-
lar requirements at Northeast Harbor. To those who indicate
interest by their answers in the questionnaire, full details of
the yacht or yachts will be submitted, however, your committee
deems it wise that no new class be added to our fleet unless at
least six boats are purchased, in the first order.
The subjects embodied herein have been studied in co-op- -
eration with your Flag Officers who join in extending to you hearty
good wishes for 1929.
Yours very truly,
Race Committee Northeast Harbor Fleet
John Tyssowski
W. Barton Eddison
Chairman
Commodore
QUESTIONNAIRE
Please indicate your opinion by answering questions, and return in
self addressed envelope.
(1)
MORNING RACES.
Are you in favor of one morning race each week, to
be started promptly at 9:30 A. M.? (Yes
) (No
)
(2)
NEW CLASSES
(a) Are you interested in the formation of a new
class of small boats suitable for handling by children?
(Yes
) (No
)
or, do you prefer children to be schooled and trained as at
present, as crew and handling boats of existing classes?
(Yes
) No
)
(b) If you voted yes on question 2a, would you
consider purchase of such boat as is recommended by this
committee, namely Herreshoff 12 ft. sloop or "Bulls Eye" -
length over all 15 ft. L. W. L. 121Ft Beam 6 ft. Draft
21/200 ft. Marconi Rig. Price $1,100 delivered Bristol, R. I.
( Yes
) (No
) (Note - four of these boats, claimed
to be in good condition, are now available at $750.,
delivered N. Y. If the class be inaugurated these are
available to first four applicants)
(c) Are you interested in the formation of a new
class of larger boats than the present As and Bs?
(Yes
) (No
)
(#)
HOTTOA
boyes
-2-
(d) Two designs are considered with favor by
your committee. If your voted "yes" on (c) above, mark
which of following designs you favor. (1) Swedish 22 sq.
m. ("Skerry Cruiser"), length overall 32', LWL 21', Beam
6', Draft 3.5 Marconi rig, with cabin, and to cost about
$2300. delivered N. Y. (2) 30 sq.m. yacht, same general
design as the 22 sq.m., but approximately 15% larger, in
all dimensions, and to cost approximately $3300. delivered
N. Y. ?
(
)
(e) If you answered "yes" to 2c above, would you
like to have specifications of the yacht in question sub-
mitted to you? (Yes
)
(No
)
(f) Might you be interested in the purchase of
such a boat (Yes
)
(No
)
Those who voted "yes" on (f) above, are requested to vote
on the following ( Only on proposition you favor)
(g) If a new class (22 su.m. or 30 sq.m.) be
added, do you favor having this a fixed standard or one-
design class ? (Yes
) (No
)
(h) Or, would you prefer this being an open
class allowing new boats to be added in the future with
variations in hull and rigging, so long as the International
Rules governing the 22 sw.m. design are complied with?
(Yes
) (No
)
Signed
Dated
as month ba5kbob and to work nl TOYSWOR
filw TODY myteal Tezen 08 569
addony adidas aids 811
iseco plinsira beach od Iflw assio nice 90
an load 21 side
- 0₫ film restan 002 0246 02 beate? moinige and
. Hoaes 01/08/13 al
707 278070 enniq DISO Holt 1006
10891
bedtlaring ad 1110 aites
(8)
beffining ad Itle selec Technique WOLL OF
(b)
and to exadasm of sentest deloas SAT
diew ,berjindum asiani ant gallijon al Iland 202 deals
Assrid oldercaser IS Ina - and and
state
meayolas to error ed fitw 000883 eser anit - Todison PAS no
3170 to produce 202001 odo
04
desit earning SDAR
meanland adot
TO THE MEMBERS OF THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET:
The questionnaire sent out by your Racing Committee
developed the following definite sentiment which will accordingly
govern the policy for this season's racing:
(1)
Morning Races - Favored by a vote of over 2 to 1.
Schedule is accordingly being so arranged, morning
races to be held on Fridays.
(2)A. New Classes - As regards formation of new class
for children the vote was quite even (21 yes -
20 no). However, only five members indicated
any interest in the purchase of the boat selected
by the committee. The matter will be dropped for
the season.
(C.D.E.F.G.)
Twenty members signified an interest in a class
of larger yachts - all but two preferring the
30 to the 22 sq. meter design, and all but two
also favoring a "one design class. " Nine members
seriously considered purchase of 30 sq. meters
for 1929 but definite orders could not be secured
in time to have the boats built and delivered for
this season. The matter will accordingly be
dropped for the present.
However, in view of the decided interest shown in
the 30 square meter design, your committee will
continue its investigation in this matter. Yachts
of this class will be raced on the Atlantic coast
this season. If further investigations back up
the opinion formed to date the matter will be re-
opened in sufficient time to comfortably reach a
decision and place orders for June-July delivery
1930.
(3)
Colored sails will be permitted.
(4)
Hollow spinnaker poles will be permitted.
The Racing Committee desires to thank members of the
Fleet for their cooperation in settling the issues submitted. With
the same cooperation throughout the summer - and a reasonable break
on the weather - the 1929 season will be one of maximum enjoyment
to the racing members of our Fleet.
Race Committee Northeast Harbor Fleet.
John Tyssowski, Chairman.
-2-
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
NORTHEAST HARBOR
MAINE
club which it represents giving the names and ages of the members of
the crew and stating that the crew is authorized to enter the regatta.
4- Plan of Races. The plan of an elimination tournament will
be followed. Entries and byes in the first round will be determined
by lot, and thereafter the winners in one round will meet in the suc-
ceeding rounds. Each entry to defeat its opponent must win two out
of three races. Yachts of the Northeast Harbor 17 foot class will be
assigned by lot for each race. Courses will be designated by the
Committee. It is planned to hold races both morning and afternoon.
In case of inclement weather, races will be held at the first favor-
able opportunity.
5- Racing Rules. The racing rules of the North American
Yacht Racing Union with the following changes shall govern:
RULE X--Start and Finish
If this point in any yacht (the foremast on a Schooner
and the mainmast on a Sloop or Yawl ) be across the line when the
starting signal is made, she must return and start again.
(b) Passing to Leeward -- An overtaken yacht must never
bear away to prevent another yacht from passing her to leeward-- the
lee side to be considered that on which the leading yacht of the two
carries her main boom. The overtaking yacht must not luff until
she has drawn clear ahead of the yacht which she has overtaken.
6- Accommodations for visiting crews will be secured at
Northeast Harbor on application to the Secretary.
Any further information may be secured from the Secretary of
the Committee.
Frederic O. Spedden
Fulton J. Redman
W. Barton Eddison
Committee
Howard C. Johnson. Secretary
(D
on
is
10th
e
E LE
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
NORTHEAST HARBOR, MAINE
The Northeast Harbor Fleet
cordially invite the
Winter Harbor Yacht Club
to participate in its
Eighth Annual Cruise
to East Blue Hill
on August twenty-second, twenty-
third, and twenty-fourth.
writer
Bar
seal
Tarrative
(over)
The details of the various races
etc. will be sent upon their issuance
Further details will be sent book
when issued by the secretary.
If four or more Winter Harbor
yachts are entered a cup will be awarded
the winner for the entire cruise.
76
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
CHANGES IN THE RACING RULES
TAKING EFFECT FRIDAY, JULY 26.
Insert in Racing Instructions.
GOVERNMENT
Rule VIII, Section 3, of the N. A. Y. R. U. Rules shall
MARKS
be disregarded, except in special races, when govern-
ment marks are to be considered as marks of the course.
Specific instructions for such special races will be issued
in Special Bulletin.
MARKS
Rule XVII, Section 6, of the N. A. Y. R. U. Rules shall
DEFINITION
be corrected to read as follows: "A mark is any vessel,
boat, buoy, or other object used to indicate the course,
but does not become such until the preceding mark, if
any, has been rounded or passed, or in the case of marks
establishing the starting line, until the STARTING
signal has been made."
RIGHT OF
Rule XVIII, Section 6 (b), of the N. A. Y. R. U. Rules
WAY
shall be corrected to read as follows: "A yacht, to
PASSING TO
hinder another yacht in attempting to pass her to lee-
LEEWARD
ward, must never bear away in such a manner as to com-
pel the leeward yacht to alter her course 60 as to avoid
risk of fouling - the lee side to be considered that on
which the leading yacht of the two carries her main-
boom. The overtaking yacht must not luff until she has
drawn clear of the yacht which she has overtaken."
PREMATURE
Rule X, Section 5, of the N. A. Y. R. U. Rules shall be
START
corrected to read as follows: "If the FOREMOST MAST
of any yacht be on or across the starting line when the
starting signal is made, she must return and start again."
TIME AT
Rule X, Section 8, of the N. A. Y. R. U. Rules shall be
FINISH
corrected to read as follows: "The time of a yacht at
the finish shall be taken when her FOREMOST MAST is
Line
on the finishing time, but a yacht remains amenable to
the rules so long as any part of the hull, spars or other
equipment remains on the line."
SHORTENING
Rule XI, Section 4, of the N. A. Y. R. U. Rules shall be
COURSE
disregarded. The Rule adopted reads as follows: "Mark
X will be used only as a finish mark for shortened races
for courses 1, 2, 9, 10. in which case a boat displaying
the Race Committee Flag will be posted at Mark B, and
will display signal K (shortened race) and signal X
designating finish. In such case the finish will be be-
tween mark X and a boat flying the Race Committee
Flag.
COURSE
The course number for classes A and B and the Handi-
NUMBERS
cap class will be displayed on the starboard side of the
Committee Boat, and the course for classes MDI and o
will be displayed on the port side of the Committee Boat.
(This applies only when the courses are different for
different classes.)
STARTS
A new class designated as MISCELLANEOUS HANDI-
(PAGE 8)
CAP CLASS will start on the Preparatory Class A, 1st
Div. signal. The Warning Signal will be the Preparatory
Signal for this new class.
Northeast Harbor Fleet Special Bulletin
Postponed Races
The Northeast Harbor Fire Whistle will be blown six blasts at 8.30 A. M. for morning races and
1.15 P. M. for afternoon races to designate the postponement of a race.
Yachts for Maine Junior Championship
It is requested that all those willing to lend their class A yachts to the Northeast Harbor Fleet for
the Maine Junior Championship races on August 5, 6, 7, and 8, kindly report at the Fleet Headquarters.
Marking Ledges
In order that Mark X may be used with safety for a racing mark (as well as a finish for Courses
1, 2, 9, and 10) suitable danger signals will be anchored marking the rocks on the NE and E end of
Sutton's Island.
Southwest Harbor Village Improvement Association.
To help perpetuate the seagoing spirit of old Southwest, its enterprise, patience, hardihood, and
helpfulness in time of stress, the Village Improvement Association offers a cup to be competed for by
the boats of Classes A and B in the Northeast Harbor Fleet, racing in one class boat for boat. The
race will take place on Tuesday, July 30th, at 10 A. M. The course to be sailed will be from the start
between buoy number 8 and the stake boat anchored 200 yards SSW of it, out the western way, leav-
ing buoy number 2 to port, and around Little Duck Island, leaving it to port, returning leaving Sutton
and Greening Islands to port, and finishing at a line between Southwest Harbor Steamboat Wharf and
buoy number 8.
The time limit for the finish of the race will be sunset. It is hoped that as many residents of
the nearby villages will take the opportunity to see this race and by their interest and presence lend
encouragement to this new departure undertaken by the Association.
(signed) G.A. NEAL, President.
The
Northeast Harbor Fleet
SEAMANSHIP RACES
FOR BOYS AND
GIRLS
1980
1929
"The only mission of a seaman's calling is to keep ships'
keels off the ground To keep ships afloat
is his business: it is his trust."
ladies be same age group as the young men. A separate course young will
Miss in the Mary C. Wheelwright has thin-gear-offered a cup for
sailed, but the same provisions will apply to both races.
DATE: August 1, 1929.
1. Warning for Boys
2.20 p. m.
White flag
2.
S Preparatory for Boys
{ Warning for Girls
2.25
Code flag "P"
3.
S Start for Boys
2.35
Code flag "A"
/ Preparatory for Girls
4. Start for Girls
2.40
Code flag "A"
ENTRIES-Class A only (must be in writing).
23
Entries must be received before 6 p. m., July St, by Howard C.
Johnson, Jr., Secretary, Race Committee, Northeast Harbor 408. No
post entries. No boats eligible unless duly entered.
CONDITIONS-
All regular racing instructions will govern except as modified herein.
Special Regulations
1. Crews limited to three persons, amateurs, under 21 years of age
the name of the captain to be filed with written entry.
2. After preparatory signal, no crew shall communicate with anyone
outside their own boat, except to demand right of way or claim a foul.
3. Touching bottom disqualifies whether or not the boat floats off un-
aided.
4. Sealed envelopes containing secret instructions shall not be opened
or contents examined in any way until after preparatory signal.
COURSE
Twice once around triangle formed by Marks A, X, and Y. Yachts may
sail the course in either direction.
will contain several natural obstructions choice to naviga- exists
The direct course shown on Govt. Chart No. 306. Where either a direction.
tion all clearly may be left on either hand and going in only.
such Mark obstruction usual starting line, using the blue and white round flags white
A-The starboard and white to port; and white
At start, leave blue of to first lap; at finish leave blue course. to port
to Aag OH starboard: completion no matter which way you sail the
Marks X and Y-To be determined in accordance with the secret in-
structions which shall be delivered to each Captain prior to the
Preparatory signal. The marks will be visible at a fair distance,
but will bear no indication that they are racing marks. They may
be any floating object and need not be similar. Judges will be sta-
tioned within sight of each mark to check roundings by each boat.
Before Preparatory Signal yachts shall anchor back of the starting line
under the superintendance of the Judges and shall remain at anchor.
Until the starting signal, yachts must remain with boom in crotch,
mainsail properly furled under cover with all the usual stops and
fastenings belayed; jib and spinnaker stowed below decks; and all
halliards and sheets shipshape (as at moorings for the night) to
the satisfaction of the Judges.
At the Preparatory signal, sealed instructions may be opened to de-
termine locations of marks X and Y.
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
U.S. Government Chart No. 306.
Dividers.
Parallel rules or Protractor.
It is intended that the interval between signals shall be employed locating
marks, and determining the policy of the race.
At starting signal anchor must be weighed (hauled on deck) and car-
ried throughout the race. Sails must not be set or loosed in any way un-
til start. No matter where the Judges may have found it convenient
to line up the competing boats at anchor, all must cross the official start-
ing line at Mark A before proceeding to sail the course.
RIGHT OF WAY-The usual regulations will govern. They must be
observed carefully to avoid collisions, especially when boats going in
opposite directions round the marks simultaneously.
AWARD-The Seamanship Cup, presented by Miss Mary C. Wheel-
wright, will be awarded for one year to the Captain of the winning yacht.
It will become the permanent property of the Catpain first winning it
twice.
(Signed
JOHN TYSSOWSKI,
Chairman Race Committee.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
GEORGE DAVENPORT HAYWARD MEMORIAL CUP RACE
DATE: SATURDAY, AUGUST 17, 1929.
Entries: Class A, B, o, MDI, Miscellaneous Handicap.
Course: No. 7 or 8, to be announced at warning signal.
Start: Warning
White Flag
2.20.00 p. m.
Preparatory
Code Flag P
2.25.00
Code Flag O
2.30.00
Start Class o, MDI
Start Class B
Code Flag B
2.40.30
Start Class A
Code Flag A
2.42.30
Start Class S, and
Misc. Handicap
Code Flag S
2.49.00
Postponements: Code Flag G. 15 minute intervals.
Prize: First Yacht to cross the finish line to receive a replica of the Hayward Memorial Cup and to
have his name engraved on the Hayward Cup.
TO
NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
1929
EIGHTH ANNUAL CRUISE
The Eighth Annual Cruise will be held on Thursday, Friday and Saturday, August 22, 23 and 24, 1929.
It is hoped that in addition to the racing classes, many yachts will take part. Yacht owners desiring to
participate should advise the secretary of the race committee as soon as possible.
COURSES:
The destination for Thursday is the camp of Mr. Louis C. Madeira at Seal Cove, Blue Hill Bay. The
course is: From blue and white flags at Mark A southerly, passing black spar buoy No. 3, to starboard and
red spar buoy No. 2 to port, to black and white can buoy lying southeast of Seawall Point, leaving it to star-
board; thence southwesterly to bell buoy off Long Ledge, leaving it to starboard; thence westerly, north-
westerly and northerly, passing Goose Cove Rock and Rummell's Hub to starboard, to Dodge's Point; thence
easterly to finish off float of Mr. Madeira, passing mark flying code flag X to starboard.
Yachts will dress ship at Seal Cove.
The courses for Friday and Saturday will be announced at Seal Cove.
START:
Preparatory signal
10.00
Start Malabar Type Schooners
10.05
Start Class S and 30 sq. meter
10.10
Start Class A
10.15
EASTERN
Start Class B
10.20
STANDARD TIME
Start Class o
10.25
Start Classes MDI, WEE SCOT.
10.30
Start Miscellaneous Yachts
10.35
Saving Time will be observed after the start.
of the Northeast Harbor Fleet, the following apply.
ACCOMMODATIONS:
Boys sailing open boats may sleep at the Camp of Mr. Louis C. Madeira. They are requested to bring
their own blankets.
SUBSISTENCE:
Subsistence and messing facilities will NOT be provided ashore this year. All boats will have to pre-
pare their own meals.
Commodore Seth M. Milliken of the Kollegiwidg wok Yacht Club at East Blue Hill has kindly invited
the crews of the racing classes to lunch with him on Friday, August 23. The courtesies of the club are ex-
tended to the crews of other yachts after luncheon.
LADIES:
Ladies wishing to inquire about accommodations at Seal Cove may call Miss Elizabeth Madeira, North-
east Harbor 134.
RACING RULES:
The racing rules of the Northeast Harbor Fleet shall govern. The usual equipment of the various
Clubs shall be carried.
JOINING OR PARTING COMPANY:
After joining the Squadron a yacht shall request permission before leaving from the Commodore
aboard the Flagship.
CHARTS:
All boats should acquire charts that fully cover all of the territory covered. The many dangerous rocks
in Blue Hill Bay make this imperative. These charts may be obtained from Bain's, Northeast Harbor or
Parker's at Bar Harbor.
Trophies for first place in all classes will be awarded providing four or more boats participate in the
cruise. Pennants for second and third places will be awarded if the required number of boats enter.
JOHN TYSSOWSKI,
Chairman, Race Committee.
W. BARTON EDDISON,
Commodore.
82
The Northeast Harbor Fleet
The Race Committee Announces the Following Rules
"Hereafter cuts will not be allowed. Yachts sailing in the
August series will be ranked on total points scored."
"A yacht deliberately holding a course that appears to be un-
reasonably beyond a turning mark if circumstances, in the opin-
ion of the committee, warrant, is subject to disqualification."
83
NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
SPECIAL LABOR DAY NOVELTY EVENT
"SEAMAN'S RACE"
1. Race will be sailed in B boats. It is requested that owners of B boats, who are willing that their boats
be used in this event will notify the Fleet Headquarters, and state whether or not they personally will
compete as skippers in the race. If not sailing themselves they may designate substitute skipper.
2.
Course: The course will be announced from the Committee boat before the start of the race as usual.
3. Start: Entering boats sailed by skipper or substitute will report to Committee boat at start at 9 a. m.,
Monday, September 2.
Preparatory gun
9.40
Starting gun
9.45
4. Postponement: Postponement will not be considered unless absolutely necessary. Then to the after-
noon of the same day, or morning of the following.
5. Special Conditions:
a. Skippers will report with yachts in good seamanlike condition, all
-
spinnaker in light stop, spare lines, etc.
b.
Promptly after reporting, a drawing will be made assigning each skipper to a boat as drawn.
Skippers will change to allotted boats and may adjust sails, lines, etc., as they see fit until
preparatory gun.
C. Only skipper allowed in each boat. No crew, deck hands or chaperones.
d. All and any sails which boats can carry are permitted.
Trophy: The Famous Southwest Harbor Tin Cup to the winner and Fleet pennants for first, second
and third place.
Note: Each skipper will be responsible to the owner of the boat he sails, for damage to hull, rigging,
and sails during the race.
Please promptly enter your boat and yourself as skipper or nominate your substitute. The Com-
mittee will secure substitutes to man all boats entered if owners do not nominate their own substitutes.
RACE COMMITTEE.
84
Number of annual meeting. 1929
The annual meeting of the Northeast
Herbor That was held are tiday, august 30, 1929,
at 5:15 PM. at the residence of 'her and Was
Vance me Counick Commodore Eddison presided.
were read and accepted. Reports of officers
The munites of the preceding meeting
Commodore. Nur Eddison reported a
most successful season, thanks to unusual
by fine weather and the help of the offices
and others who have so unselfiably helped
the Fleet. Councrdore Eddison thankld Rear
Commodore Tyssowshi for his help in forming
thanked Mr spedden madier and Mrs
the new class of 30 meeter yaclets He
Fraley for their help. He also thanked Mrs
R.C. Robbins g for his most unselfish work
throughout the summer.
Committee ou the Club House. no suitable property
Commodore Eddison reported for the
can be bought now but the Committee is ever on
the lookout for a suitable piece of land.
The Chairmian of the Race Committee, Rear
Commodore Tyssowski, reported the Mr wimers of
the august Duies. the reported that bast m Eaton
donated a priye for the winning class
85
difficulty 7 the Place Committee and thanks the
B for the last by of the cruise He reported the
members of the Committee for their work. He
reported that he will be glad to help anyone
intrested in the 30 square meter. He said that
hest year, there will be a class. the confectulated
if there were enough atlantic Cuast Design boats
the Stentary. He said that class a boath could
race under the conditions of the Race,
starting in Q separate class.
the Charrinan of the Cup Committee , hus
traly reported that Mrs Whey his Varmum and
hus Lyman have all offered ups
the Secretary then gave his report
me Eddison reported for the Treasurer, statinged
that there is now Q balance of about 800 us
Elections : following offices were ebeted to
the treasury
serve for one year
Commodore - W Barton Eddison
Rear Commodace - R C Robbies
Viee Commodore - john Tyssoweki
Secretary - Howard Cooper Johnson
Treasuler - Gerrish W hulliken.
Old business : none.
new business: Commodore Eddison reports the
start of a class of Werrerhoff12 foot boats in
86
1930. a motion was seconded and passed to
have the weeking write letters of thanks to
her and C madeira
Nr and me seth Williken
Mr and hus Roger Griswold
The Bar Harbor yacht Club for their interest on the
cruise
Mr and has Vance me Crumick fortlein help.
a motion was made, seconded and possed
that the Security send out notices giving the
specifications of the 30 weter foots. adiscussion
7 sail area for the new class then followed
Wer Ducky asked if the beauting knew
of book for sale and reut
Commudare Eddison reports that the Heet is
contumpleting the purchased of an addresso graph.
2t was moved, seconded and pessed that
the Executive Committee have power to arrange
a new system of membership to the Heet.
There adjusted
Wh Johnsong See'g.
geton
&149
USA
pack
that
or BOTS 11 : LUCTUR STAR STORGE ponses . 008
groper
ajigas paysa SED
19
my
LUCIUS with 03 fpo Aacpro
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
NORTHEAST HARBOR
MAINE
H.C. JOHNSON. JR.. SECRETARY
Date
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE
SWARTHMORE, PA.
The Secretary, in editing the 1930
Year Book, asks the members of The Fleet to CO-
operate by giving the information asked for be-
low. Please sign and return to the Secretary
at the above address.
List below all yachts which you wish
listed under your name in the 1930 Year Book.
Name
Type
If any of the yachts listed above are
in the racing classes, please designate below.
Class
Number
If you have either bought a new yacht
or sold a racing yacht, please show below from
whom bought or to whom sold.
give new address below.
If your address has been changed, please
(Signed)
I
88
I
The officers of the Fleet ask the members to
fill in the following questi onnaire and return it to
the Secretary.
do
I do not expect to be in Maine this summer.
My summer address will be
will
I will not have a racing boat.
I wish to enter the
,
(name of boat)
number
, in Class
, for the
racing season of 1930.
(Signed)
NOTE: If you wish to enter a yacht in the 1930 Series,
please send Racing fee to the Treasurer. If not,
please disregard enclosed bill.
No boat will be permitted to enter any race
until the racing fee has been paid.
If you wish to rent or buy a boat or have
be rented or sold, please give particulars one below. to
boroflo and . '11M zaiM
gatroy oria as quota 921 90162 odi nit
The out lud bellsa ed Hive
0801 AS vist
Northeast Harbor Fleet
galmaw
aboa
1442
who
10)
aboo
ad
-
SEAMANSHIP RACES
.80
MOTTGROO
FOR BOYS AND
intered
boll
GIRLS
3
bottoil
EWSTO
5d
of
niélqus
ada
to
edit
592
2011A
of
NEW
1930
no
boysign
of
951020
E
SATOS
bas
'The only mission of a seaman's calling is to keep
ships' keels off the ground
To keep
ships afloat is his business: it is his trust."
29that
bothlin
and
0
VIAM
zaiM
eds
office
odd
cal
The
SMIRE
Jud
balles
ad
Hew
0801 AS viet :TTAC
Northeast Harbor Fleet
ahio
galnraW
oboo
11818
allo
HAIR
SEAMANSHIP RACES
D
FOR BOYS AND
nieved
GIRLS
tobacco
ed
OJ
alaiqus
etts
age
1918
1930
no
bonisto
or
4
The only mission of a seaman's calling is to keep
1A
ships' keels off the ground
To keep
ships afloat is his business: it is his trust."
Miss Mary C. Wheelwright has offered a cup for young ladies
in the same age group as the young men. A separate
will be sailed, but the same provisions will apply to both course races.
DATE: July 24, 1930.
1.
Warning for Boys
2.20 p. m.
White flag
Preparatory for Boys
2.25
2
Code flag "P"
Warning for Girls
3
{
Start for Boys
2.35
Code flag "A"
Preparatory for Girls
4.
Start for Girls
2.40
Code flag "A"
ENTRIES-Class A only (must be in writing).
Entries must be received before 6 p. m., July 23, by Howard
C. Johnson, Jr., Secretary, Race Committee, Northeast Harbor
408. No post entries. No boats eligible unless duly entered.
CONDITIONS-
All regular racing instructions will govern except as modi-
fied herein.
Special Regulations
1. Crews limited to three persons, amateurs, under 21 years of
age, the name of the captain to be filed with written entry.
2. After preparatory signal, no crew shall communicate with
anyone outside their own boat, except to demand right of
way or claim a foul.
3.
Touching bottom disqualifies whether or not the boat floats
off unaided.
4.
Sealed envelopes containing secret instructions shall not be
opened or contents examined in any way until after pre-
paratory signal.
COURSE
Once around triangle formed by Marks A, X and Y. Yachts
may sail the course in either direction.
The direct course will contain several natural obstructions
to navigation all clearly shown on Govt. Chart No. 306. Where
a choice exists such obstruction may be left on either hand
and going in either direction.
Mark A-The usual starting line, using the blue and white
flags only. At start, leave blue to starboard and white to
port; at finish leave blue to port and white to starboard; no
matter which way you sail the course,
Marks X and Y-To be determined in accordance with the
secret instructions which shall be delivered to each Captain
prior to the Preparatory signal. The marks will be visible
at a fair distance, but will bear no indication that they are
racing marks. They may be any floating object and need
not be similar. Judges will be stationed within sight of each
mark to check roundings by each boat.
Before Preparatory Signal yachts shall anchor back of the
starting line under the superintendence of the Judges and
shall remain at anchor. Until the starting signal, yachts
must remain with boom in crotch, mainsail properly furled
under cover with all the usual stops and fastenings belayed:
jib and spinnaker stowed below decks; and all halliards and
sheets shipshape (as at moorings for the night) to the satis-
faction of the Judges.
At the Preparatory signal, sealed instructions may be
opened to determine locations of marks X and Y.
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
U. S. Government Chart No. 306.
Dividers.
Parallel rules or Protractor.
It is intended that the interval between signals shall be em-
ployed locating marks, and determining the policy of the race.
At starting signal, anchor must be weighed (hauled on
deck) and carried throughout the race. Sails must not be set
or loosed in any way until start. No matter where the Judges
may have found it convenient to line up the competing boats
at anchor, all must cross the official starting line at Mark A
before proceeding to sail the course.
RIGHT OF WAY-The usual regulations will govern. They
must be observed carefully to avoid collisions, especially when
boats going in opposite directions round the marks simultane-
ously.
AWARD-The Seamanship Cup, presented by Miss Mary C.
Wheelwright, will be awarded for one year to the Captain of
the winning yacht. It will become the permanent property of
the Captain first winning it twice.
(Signed)
JOHN TYSSOWSKI,
Chairman Race Committee.
Southwest Harbor Village Improvement Association Race
Thursday, July 31. In case of postponement Monday, August 4.
Classes-Yachts of classes "A" and "B" of the Northeast Harbor Fleet are eligible.
Crews- Crews must be all amateur. No professionals allowed on any yacht.
Start - The start will be made from a line between Greenings Ledge red spar buoy No. 8 of S.W. end
of Greenings Island, and the Committee boat anchored S.S.W. 200 yards from the buoy.
Finish- Finish line will be the same as the starting line.
Course-The course will be to and around Little Gott's Island and return to the finish. Yachts may
sail the course in either direction at the captains discretion. All government marks may be
disregarded. Yachts should be sure to have on board and make use of chart No. 307. This
chart covers the entire course.
Rules
- Yachts must take care to observe carefully the sailing rules, particularly when passing in
opposite directions.
Time - Warning gun will be at 9.50 A. M., preparatory gun at 9.55, and starting gun at 10.00. Post-
ponements will be for even 15 minute intervals and will be designated as provided for in
Racing Instruction 1930.
Time Limit-Time limit for finishing the race will be sunset.
(signed) JOHN TYSSOWSKI
Chairman, Race Committee.
The Northeast Harbor Fleet
SPECIAL BULLETIN
The Race Committee proposes, for the present season to use the following in-
terpretations of the 1930 N. A. Y. R. U. Rules.
I Rule XXIX Section 6. Interpret (1) to mean "Draws clear ahead until risk of collision is not
involved."
2 Rule XXX Overtaking, Section B states " after which she may maintain her course." Inter-
pret mean " -__after which she shall maintain her proper course."
to
3 Rule XXX Overtaking, Section C. Interpret without regard, or disregarding portion in paren-
thesis. In other words "causing another yacht to alter her course" is a foul and "actual contact"
is not essential.
4 Rule XXX Meeting, crossing and converging. Section G. To be interpreted under "proper
course", i. e. obvious luffing from proper course not to be permitted.
5
Rule XXXIII Fouling marks. Interpreted that the flag or bunting is not an essential part of
the mark.
Changes.
1
Rule XXVII Section 5 to be changed for this season to read "If the mainmast of any yacht be
on or accross the line when the starting signal is made, she must return and start again."
2 Rule XLI be changed for this season to read "The time of a yacht at the finish shall be taken
when her mainmast is on the finish line."
(Signed) JOHN TYSSOWSKI
Chairman
The Northeast Harbor Fleet
Special Notice
Because of Daylight Saving which starts August 10th the Race Committee de-
cided to have all races after August 10th in the afternoon.
It was decided further that the section of the Racing Instructions entitled "Sub-
division A Class" is hereby cancelled and the following section substituted:
"Class A will be raced in two divisions. The divisions shall be drawn by lot
each week for the race or races of that week. Both divisions shall score alike in
accordance with the scoring table. The divisions of the A class will be made by
the Race Committee to the best of their ability in equal or nearly equal divisions."
(Signed) JOHN TYSSOWSKI
Chairman
Northeast Harbor Fleet tea
on' Monday afternoon, August 18
immediately after the
George Davenport Hayward Memorial Cup Race
at
Mr. and Mrs. Vance McCormick's
Westward Way, Northeast Harbor
Captains and their crews are
expected in racing clothes
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
NORTHEAST HARBOR
MAINE
.
NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
GEORGE DAVENPORT HAYWARD MEMORIAL CUP RACE
Date, Monday, August 18, 1930
ENTRIES: Classes A, B, o, MDI, 30 Square Meter
START: Warning
COURSE: No. 7 or 8 to be announced at warning signal.
Preparatory
White flag
2.20.00 P.M.
Start Class 0, MDI,
Code flag P
2.25.00
Start Class B
Code flag o
2.30.00
Start Class A
Code flag B
2.40.30
Start Class 30 Square Meter
Code flag A
2.42.30
Flag 30
2.42.30 or
2.48.10 or
2.54.18 to be
announced at
the start.
POSTPONEMENTS: Code flag G. 15 minute intervals.
name PRIZE: First yacht the to cross the line to receive a replica of the Hayward Memorial Cup and to have his
engraved on Hayward Cup.
THE ANNUAL CRUISE
Seamanship Race 1930.
Secret Instructions.
Mark X is equidistant from:
1. Head of Otter Cove.
2. Hadlock Lower Pond (letter a in Hadlock).
3. Black spar buoy no. 1; ExS I/2 S of Cranberry Island
Coast Guard Station
Ranges.
l. The extreme southernmost corner of Norwood Cove; and
the point of land just E of Gilpatrick Cove; bearing
WxN 3/8 N.
2. Bunker Head (letter k in Bunker), Great Cranberry Is-
land; and Black spar buoy no. 1., Cranberry Harbor
bearing SWxS 1/2 S.
Mark Y is equidistant from:
1. NW edge of Baker Island:
2. Fairway Buoy, Bass Harbor Bar.
3. Summit (280 feet elevation) just W of Stoney Beach Cove,
Mt. Dessert Island.
Ranges.
1. Seal Haroor Red Gas Buoy No. 2.; Summit of Otter Cliff;
bearing ENE 1/16 E.
2. Northerly point of Greening's Island; and north-north-
westerly bight of Fernald's Cove; bearing NxW 3/16 W
Northeast Harbor Fleet
NORTHEAST HARBOR, ME.
OCEAN RACE
SATURDAY, AUGUST 30th, 1930
OCEAN RACE
A race for cruising yachts of under 75 feet and over 35
feet overall length. The overall length of yachts must not
trim, carrying of dinghy or life raft expected.
exceed 150% of waterline; and yachts must be in cruising
PRIZES-Prize for first boat on corrected time. Sec-
ond prize will be awarded if 8 yachts start.
ENTRIES-Close at noon, August 29th and must be
sent to Sec. Race Committee. The following measurements
to be sent with entry: length overall, waterline, and beam.
NOTE-Race will be held only if 4 or more entries are re-
ceived.
RULES-N. A. Y. R. U. rules will govern except where
otherwise stated. Government marks must be passed on
channel side.
EQUIPMENT-No yacht shall be allowed to start
unless she carries complete cruising equipment, which shall
include the following: 2 anchors and cables, compass,
lights, lead line, charts, fire-extinguisher, one life belt for
each man, stores for 3 days, and 5 gallons of water per man.
COURSE-From starting line (between red flag and
Committee boat off Bear Is.), to Schoodic whistler "8S"
(leaving it to starboard), thence to Mt. Desert Rock (also
to be left to starboard); then around whistler "12MR", 2
miles south of Matinicus Rock, leaving it to starboard;
thence return to finish leaving Great Duck Is. and Whistler
"8A" (off Baker Is.) to port. All boats must take their
own times when crossing between red and white flags off
Bear Is.
START- 9.50 Warning, White flag.
9.55 Preparatory, Blue flag.
10.00 Start, Code flag S
(Daylight Saving Time)
Postponements will be for 15 minutes intervalsand will be
announced by flying Code flag G from committee boat.
INSPECTION-Al yachts must report for inspection
by 9.00 a. m., August 30th. The committee reserves the
right to reject any entry if in its opinion the boat is not
safe, is unseaworthy or is not properly equipped.
RATINGS-(1) The rating shall be the overall length
corrected for beam as follows: if the greatest beam is less
than 1/4 of the overall length, the difference when multi-
plied by two (2) shall be added to the overall length: if the
greatest beam is more than 1/4 of the overall length, the
difference when multiplied by two (2) shall be subtracted
from the overall length. Boats whose overall length exceeds
138% of waterline length shall be penalized an additional
12% of their rating.
(2) Yachts shall be rated for time allowance at the
following percentages of their measurement as above de-
termined:
Jib-headed sloops and cutters
100%
Gaff-headed sloops and cutters, jib-headed
yawls, and staysail schooners
96%
Jib-headed ketches, gaff-headed yawls,
schooners with jib-headed main
93%
Gaff-headed schooners and ketches
90%
TIME ALLOWANCE-will be determined by N. A.
Y. R. U. time allowance tables for the rating length
above. Course length 113 miles.
Auxiliaries will be allowed an extra time allowance pro-
rated according to the rating length giving 10 minutes to the
largest and 30 minutes to the smallest boat.
Motors will not be sealed, but an affidavit must be filed
with the Race Committee, within twenty-four hours after
each yacht's finish, to the effect that the engine was not used
for propulsion between time of preparatory gun to finish.
PROTESTS-Oral protests must be made immediately
after finish, followed within twenty-four hours of finish by a
written protest.
RACE COMMITTEE:
JOHN TYSSOWSKI, Chairman
HOWARD C. JOHNSON, JR., Secretary
THE
7.4.1 ROHAT
30AH
8 to ****** Hall bestcompet will a 11 ballowind
.1
the 10/79 MM ⑉ riod Afril advistance
stadl Jon 10 adidas state
patien fou 11 2011
augqib
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET.
SPECIAL LABOR DAY NOVELTY EVENT
SEAMAN'S RACE
1. Race will be sailed in B boats. It is requested that owners of B
boats who are willing that their boats be used in this event will
notify the Fleet Headquarters, and state whether or not they per-
sonally will compete as skippers in the race. If not sailing them-
selves they may designate substitute skipper.
2. The course will be announced from the Committee Boat before the
start of the race as usual.
3. Entering boats sailed by skippers or substitute will report to the
Committee Boat at start at 9 A. M. Eastern Daylight Saving Time,
Monday, September 1.
Preparatory Gun
9.40
Starting Gun
9.45
4. Postponement. Postponement will not be considered unless abso-
lutely necessary. Then to the afternoon of the same day, or the
following morning.
5. Special conditions.
a. Skippers will report yachts in good seamanlike condition, all
required equipment aboard, spinnaker in light stops, spare
lines, etc.
b. Promptly after reporting, a drawing will be made assigning
each to a boat as drawn. Skippers will change to allotted
boats and may adjust sails, lines, etc., as they see fit until
preparatory gun.
c. Only skipper allowed in each boat. No crew, deck hands or
chaperones.
d. All and any sails which boats can carry are permitted.
Trophy. The famous Southwest Harbor Tin Cup to the winner,
and Fleet pennants for first, second and third place.
Note. Each skipper will be responsible to the owner of the boat
he sails, for damage to hull, rigging and sails during the race.
Please promptly enter your boat and yourself as skipper or nom-
inate your substitute. The Committee will secure substitutes to
man all boats entered if owners do not nominate their own sub-
stitutes.
RACE COMMITTEE.
number of the annual meeting 1930,
The annual meeting of the Northeast
Harbor 1930 at Heet was held on laturday, august 25.
Perey N. clark. Commadore Eddison pusided.
5:30 P.M. at the residence of mad has
the minutes of the preceding writing were
approved as read.
and thanked the Race Committee for their uu
Commodore Eddison reported a successful year
selfish and commendable work. after saying
that he expected an increase in the Bulls Eye
Class next season he expressed thanks in beho
of the Fleet to miss Ruth Lyman Mr Y this
Rager Griswold,
and Vus Louis C. madeira for their help on the
Cruise. He also thanked Mrs Louis C madiera
help theory hout the season
He expressed thank to mr. RC Robbins J for to
This C Bradford Kaley for lending their foots.
The Chariman of the Race Committee not
being present. the Security gave a short report.
saying that the Committe has done its best but
that the equipment was inadequate and that
more would be nuded next year.
Old business : move
New business : 2t was moved, seconded and
passed that the Secretary write letter of
thanks to miss Virginia Lee gones, Mr W.S.
Tindley and Dra mrs seth m. . Willikm for
their help on the cruise.
2t was moved, seconded and passed that Com
Eddison make plans to recognize 10 years of
hospitality on the part of Drother Welliken when
the Fluet arrives at Blue Hill must year.
28 was moved, seconded and passed that in
autority of his class the may petition rule. Corn
the future if any class captain who the has Race a
for a change in professional
motion was passed to the effect member that Junior
except the sight to vote at muttings. a
members be given all rights of a full
28 was moved, Decord, and passed that
Come. Eddison be risess s & / launch.
s handhing
The takh
every Sey
thanks to miss Virguia Lee Jones, Mr W.S
their help on the cruise.
Tindley and Drq mis seth m. Willikm for
It was moved, seconded and passed that C
hospitality on the part of Dhatten Welliken who
Eddison make plans to recognize 10 years of
the Flue arrives at Blue Will must year.
28 was moved, seconded and passed that
the future if any class captain who has a
madjority of his class may petition the Race Corn
for a change in the professional rule.
a motion was passed to the effect that June
members be given all rights of a full member
except the right to vote at mustings.
28 was moved, Decord, and passed that
Come. Eddison be given power to buy a launch.
the question of now-umbers handhing tabh
the tiller was throught up and laid on The
The meeting was then adgressed Johnsong
Commodire
W. Barton Eddison
Vice Commodine
Jredinc a. spedden
Rear Commoditis
antun P. Butler
Secutary
Howard Cooper Johnson go
Treasures
Gerrish H. milliken
Race Committee
John Tysswithe Chairman
Seculary
Reginald C. Rubbins
tridine le spedden
Kenry Ramle
arthin P. Butter fo
690786
AND (b)4086 STAR UNITED ung Fabo)
DATE wyo CODEN 170209 10
YOU COUVES 4117 pe
I
no 1002 expour 20 20 10 Rurne 2078
go
dream FOUUT to ang
16700LU or MOUN
9
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
NORTHEAST HARBOR
MAINE
H. C. JOHNSON. JR. SECRETARY.
MORRIS HALL. HARVARD BUSINESS SCHOOL.
SOLDIER'S FIELD. BOSTON, MASS.
The officers of the Fleet request members to fill in
the following questionnaire and return it to the Secretary:
I do do not expect to be in Maine this summer.
My summer address will be
I wish to have the following boats listed in
the 1931 Yearbook: (Please give name and type)
I wish to enter racing yacht number
name
in class
for
the 1931 racing season.
(Signed)
If you wish to rent or buy a racing boat or own one
which you wish rented or sold, please give particulars below.
HOWARD C. JOHNSON, JR.
MOYLAN-ROSE VALLEY
PENNA.
10
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
RACING INSTRUCTIONS
1931
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
0
RACING INSTRUCTIONS
1931
The Northeast Harbor Fleet
Racing Instructions
1931
RACING RULES
The Racing Rules of the North American Yacht Racing
Union will be in force, modified only in so far as is provided
in these instructions.
These Racing Rules are contained in the year book of the
North American Yacht Racing Union which may be obtained
from Ernest Stavey, Secretary, N. A. Y. R. U., 80 Broad
Street, New York City, at $3.00 a copy; or, annual member-
ship in the N. A. Y. R. U., which carries with it a copy of the
year book, may be secured by sending Mr. Stavey $5.00.
Each class will observe its own class regulations.
GENERAL RACING REGULATIONS
1. In all classes, boats may alter all details of rig, pro-
vided that the sails and spars must conform in size to the
specifications of the class. Spars ordered after July 28, 1926,
shall not be hollow, except spinnaker poles. Hollow spinnaker
poles may be secured from the Pigeon Hollow Spar Company,
131 Coleridge Street, East Boston, Mass. For Class A, length
is 10 ft.; Class B, 12 ft. 6 in. Sails shall comply in all details
to the specifications which have been established for the re-
spective classes, and a certificate to this effect supplied the Fleet
Secretary by the maker. Colored sails are permitted.
2. Boats may be hauled out of the water for painting and
cleaning not more often than once in every two weeks.
SAILS AND EQUIPMENT
Working sails and spinnakers only. Spinnakers may be
carried only with tack fastened to spinnaker pole at outboard
end, and with inboard end of pole resting on mast. Spinnaker
pole must be carried to windward of the jib stay.
Each yacht must carry a suitable anchor and rode, a com-
pass, a fog horn and one life preserver for each person on board.
(Revision of Rule XX of the N. A. Y. R. U. Rules.)
3
CREWS
In July Series
handle
One tiller. professional is permitted on each yacht but may not
In August Series
is no other person over 14 years. In such case the professional
One professional is permitted on each yacht on which there
must not handle tiller.
This rule applies to all special races of the Fleet except for
classes S and MDI and the schooner and miscellaneous classes
on the annual cruise. Professionals are allowed in the annual
schooner race, but are not permitted to handle the tiller. (Re-
vision of Rule XXV of the N. A. Y. R. U. Rules.)
DUES AND RACING FEE
Only yachts whose owners are members of the Fleet (dues
fully paid) may participate in races. Further, no yacht will
receive credit or be scored for participation in any race until
her racing fee is paid. Racing fee, $15.00 per season, is payable
to Howard C. Johnson, Jr., Secretary, Race Committee, North-
east Harbor.
RACING NUMBERS
Each yacht must carry her racing number.
Class A-Red numbers 12 in. high, 2 in. thick: placed just
forward of the top batten of the mainsail.
Class B-Size and position as above; black numbers.
TIME LIMIT
Three hours from the starting signal for each class, except
for Courses Nos. 9 and 10, which shall be 2 P. M. for morning
races 5, 6, 11, and 12. No races will be re-sailed. (Revision of Rule
and sunset for afternoon races: and two hours for Courses
VIII, Sec. 1, of the N. A. Y. R. U. Rules.)
FOULS
In case of a foul, a yacht clearly at fault should withdraw
from the race.
PROTESTS
Protests must be in writing and placed in the hands fol- of
the Secretary of the Committee before 6 P. M. of the day
4
lowing the race in which the alleged violation of the racing
rules was committed. Protests will be heard at Fleet Head-
quarters at 9 A. M. on the Monday following the race in which
the protest is made. (Revision of Rule XLV of the N. A. Y.
R. U. Rules.)
SHORTENING COURSE
In event it be necessary to shorten a race on account of
weather conditions, there will be displayed by a boat flying the
F. Q. (Race Committee) signal at the mark next before the
finish, the Code Flag K (race will be called at together
with the letter designating the finish mark. The finish will
then be established between this mark and the Race Committee
Boat. (Revision of Rule VII of the N. A. Y. R. U. Rules.)
COURSE NUMBERS
Course numbers shall be displayed on the committee boat
five minutes before the first gun. If two numbers are displayed,
the upper will apply to class A, B, and 30 Square Meter only.
The lower number is for all other classes. (Revision of Rule
XXVI of the N.- Y. R. U. Rules.)
UNFAVORABLE WEATHER
In case of unfavorable weather, races will be postponed
until the following day. Postponed races will be signaled by
six blasts on the Northeast Harbor fire whistle at 8.30 A.M.
for morning races and 1.15 P. M. for afternoon races.
When the time of starting is postponed until later in the
day, the Committee shall hoist Code Flag G; postponements
shall be for even fifteen-minute periods. (Revision of Rule VI
of the N. A. Y. R. U. Rules.)
GOVERNMENT MARKS
Rule XXVIII of the N. A. Y. R. U. Rules shall be dis-
regarded, except where specifically stated otherwise.
START
If the mainmast of any yacht be on or across the starting
line when the starting signal is made, she must return and start
again. (Revision of Rule XXVII, Section 5, of the N. A. Y.
R. U. Rules.)
FINISH
The time of a yacht at the finish shall be taken when her
mainmast is on the finish line. (Revision of Rule XLI of the
N. A. Y. R. U. Rules.)
5
STARTING AND FINISHING LINE
(As indicated in the following diagram)
Northeast Consists of three marks forming a triangle off the
southern to Harbor. The northern mark flies a red entrance flag, the
a white flag and the western a blue flag.
To and from
RED MARK
MARK "C3
To and from
BLUE MARK
MARK 'B'
To and from
MARK *D;
STARTING LINE- E
FINISHING LINE
N
WHITE MARK
Yachts must keep clear of starting area until preparatory
signal for their class.
STARTS
9.20 A. M.
Warning
White Flag
2.15 P. M.
9.25 A. M.
Preparatory 30 Square Meter Class
Blue Flag
2.20 P. M.
Start 30 Square Meter Class
Flag 30
9.30 A. M.
Preparatory Class A, 1st Div
Flag 30
2.25 P. M.
Start Class A, 1st Div
Flag A
9.35 A. M.
Preparatory Class B
Flag A
2.30 P. M.
Start Class B
Flag B
9.40 A. M.
Preparatory Class A, 2nd Div.
Flag B
2.35 P.M.
9.45 A.M.
Start Class A, 2nd Div
Flag A
2.40 P. M.
Preparatory Class O
Flag A
9.50 A. M.
Start Class o
Flag O
2.45 P. M.
Preparatory Class MDI
Flag O
9.55 A. M.
Start Class MDI
Flag M
2.50 P. M.
Preparatory Class Bulls-eye
Flag M
10.00 A. M.
Start Class Bulls-eye
Flag B
2.55 P. M.
6
TABLE OF POINTS AWARDED TO YACHTS FINISHING
Number of Starters
Place
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
1st
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
2nd
50
67
75
80
83
86
88
89
90
91
92
92
93
93
94
94
94
95
95
95
95
96
96
96
96
96
96
97
97
3d
33
50
60
67
71
75
78
SO
82
83
85
86
87
88
88
89
90
90
90
91
91
92
92
92
93
93
93
93
4th
25
40
50
57
63
67
70
73
75
77
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
86
87
88
88
89
89
89
90
90
5th
20
33
43
50
56
60
64
67
69
71
73
75
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
83
84
85
85
86
86
87
6th
17
29
38
44
50
55
58
62
64
67
69
71
72
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
81
82
83
83
7th
14
25
33
40
46
50
54
57
60
63
65
67
68
70
71
73
74
75
76
78
78
78
80
80
8th
13
22
30
36
42
46
50
53
56
59
61
63
65
67
68
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
9th
11
20
27
33
39
43
47
50
53
56
58
60
62
64
65
67
68
70
70
71
73
73
10th
10
18
25
31
36
40
44
47
50
53
55
57
59
61
63
64
66
67
68
69
70
11th
9
17
23
29
33
38
41
44
47
50
52
55
57
58
60
62
63
64
66
67
12th
8
15
21
27
31
35
39
42
45
48
50
52
54
56
59
59
60
63
63
13th
8
14
20
25
29
33
37
40
43
45
48
50
52
54
56
57
59
60
14th
7
13
19
24
28
32
35
38
41
43
46
48
49
52
53
56
57
15th
7
13
18
22
26
30
33
36
39
42
44
46
48
50
52
53
16th
6
12
17
21
25
29
32
35
38
40
41
44
47
48
50
17th
6
11
16
20
24
27
30
33
36
38
41
43
44
47
18th
6
11
15
19
23
26
29
32
34
37
40
41
43
19th
5
10
14
18
22
25
28
30
33
36
37
40
20th
5
10
14
17
21
24
27
30
32
34
37
21st
5
9
13
17
20
23
26
29
31
33
22nd
4
9
13
16
19
22
25
27
30
23rd
4
8
12
15
19
21
24
27
24th
4
8
11
15
18
20
23
25th
4
8
11
14
17
20
26th
4
7
11
14
17
27th
4
7
10
13
28th
4
7
10
29th
3
7
30th
3
PRIZES
cups to the Pennants will winners be awarded. will in each be awarded series. to In the the winner August in each race and
nants; 12-18 pennants. entries, 3 pennants; 18-24 entries, 6-12 entries, 4 pen-
2 pennants; following: 3-6 entries, 1 pennant; awarded in
each class the on annual cruise, there will be series and the
racing series the For the July and August series the usual
over 24, 5
SUB-DIVISION A CLASS
the week. Both divisions shall score alike in accordance race or races
that be by lot at the first of each week for the shall of
drawn Class A will be raced in two divisions. The divisions
the scoring table. The divisions of the A Class will be with
equal divisions.
Race Committee to the best of their ability in equal or made nearly by
8
EXTRACTS FROM THE OFFICIAL
RACING RULES OF THE
NORTH AMERICAN
YACHT RACING
UNION, 1931
PART I. MANAGEMENT OF RACES
RULE I
General Authority of Race Committee
All races and the yachts sailing therein shall be under the
direction of the Race Committee of the Club under whose
auspices the races are sailed. All matters shall be under their
control, and all questions which arise respecting such races
shall be subject to their decision. The decisions of the Race
Committee shall be based upon these rules, so far as they apply,
but as no rules can be devised capable of meeting every incident
and accident of sailing, the Race Committee shall keep in view
the ordinary customs of the sea, and discourage all attempts
to win the race by other means than fair sailing and superior
speed and skill.
RULE IV
Power of the Race Committee
SECTION 7. The Race Committee may refuse to accept
any entry made after the specified time of closing, and they
may, if considered expedient, reject any entry at any time.
RULE V
Sailing Instructions
SECTION 3. The Race Committee may change the courses
or amend the instructions, provided notice of such change is
given to each yacht before the warning signal is made.
RULE VIII
Time of Race Limited
SECTION 2. One yacht finishing within the prescribed
time constitutes a race for her class, and other yachts in that
class finishing later shall, in the absence of the Race Committee,
take their own times upon passing the mark at the finish within
such distance as may be specified in the Sailing Instructions,
and report it to the Race Committee within twenty-four hours.
9
36
day
S5
88
33
29
4
8
14
36
62
48n
40
S2
21
20
38
I
Gilpatrick
17
sft
Ledge
5.
52
35
Bear
50
F
21
29
74
100
30
SA
31
63
53
(BEL
$10ml
Long
50!
34
16
15
57
58
sec
A
48
30
50
e
79
84
my
71
50
5
40
)
7
Greening
68
64
00
68
43
58
Lady
21
8
37
39
S 8
29
4
sff
53
H
60
36
31
24
45
BOR
63
57
SUTTON
stt
41
60
3
37
57
*
51
41
so
51
55
23
5
52
60
49
48
33
20
27
34
63
8
.32
20
17
C
30
7
Snurling
27
24
47
36
16
19
21
28*
IT
14
31
24
8n
17
54
26
16
17
21
4
(y
9.
20
D
34
C
Spurling
8
ling cove
10
15
10
42
46
15
6
31
12
Long
37
14
5
23
nky
Prebles
22 Cove
2
28
25
11
14
12
13 10
14
3
If
23
9
MUST PASS
14
4
13
Sea Wall
BETWEEN
7
20
10 7 3
High Head
4
SPAR BUOYS
16
20
3
11
14
15
9
16
15
2
17
21
12
II
6
19
z
20
13
IS
25
12
6
17
2
12
S3
23
8
12
32
15
26
37
4
N.R.T.
15
a
36
Cranberry
Ledge
41
0
3
14
II
42
16
28
(0
Head
5
Bunker
4
10
23
16
52
44
26
31
12
2
had
9
9
Cove
WESTS:
55
48
30
41
40
39
13 4 21
57
48
50
55
had
53
Start
and
50
48
66
South Bunker
3
Th
Nubble
rky
Bas
Ledge
START
66
37
COURSE COURSE
(4
5
AS
30
34
No.
RW
59
28
73
1
ABDA
BW
64
BELL
82
95
2 ADBA
RW
72
77
3 ABCA
BR
F
4
ACBA
BR
5
ACDA
BW
6
ADCA
4
34
44
4,
119
150
Bowden
(FI w/2
72
59
86
sft M
Ledge
55
TO
155
56
58
Lewis Rock
330
125
25
*
58
54
East Bunker
60
+
71
Bress
63
Ledge
35
60
26
67
73
B
56
103
nky
3
Old Tom
78
53
rky
53
INCHEAST
78
74
93
84
46
86
70
24
33
89
99
32
Bunkers Neck
24
rky
40
LSO
149
o
2
32
70
16
91
III
14
119
LITTLE
0
57
23
S3
Hadlocks
5
3
Harding Ledge
Cove
CRANBERRY
I
66
136
3
89
88
8
61
rky
riky
100
0
4
3
25
10*
SI
10
71
9
9
18
CRANBERRY
IGG
6
15
85
my
26
8
134
2
17
17
20
25
4
6
4
16
Cable
32
5
53
21
6
97
4
22
16
3 rky
8
5
11
rky.
17-21
9
28
9
4
25
*
9
9
S
48
4
3
26
14
16
23
20
126
7
17
rky
8
11
24
22
11
12
oky
3
10
93
15
31
10
10
8
22
5
12
10
Grs
31
17
2
21
35
81
17
15
5
8
2
10
5
2
B
ake
11
601
12
90
10
12
15
16
123
37
105f
Pt.
16
3
RK
28
36
50
9
Island
12
*
17
rky
35
84
8
15
8
24
24 nky
57
54
6
13
4
14
32
70
23
6
15
29
9.
39
39
16
56
79
81
*
13
37
79
18
58
24
The Thumper
2
COURSES
99
111
lark A, when not start or finish, means white flag.
gy
S
cated by letters representing colors of Hags constituting ends of line.
117
Round all marks in direction of course.
102
WHIST
COURSE COURSE
START
FINISH
COURSE
COURSE
START
FINISH
G
102
No.
No.
7
ACDA-twice
BR
BW
13
ACHA-twice
BR
RW
8
ADCA-twice
BW
BR
14
AHCA-twice
RW
BR
9
ABGEA
RW
BW
15
*AIA-twice
RW
RW
10
AEGBA
BW
RW
16
AJKCA
RW
BR
11
ACHA
BR
RW
17
ACKJA
BR
RW
12
AHCA
RW
BR
*
Leave Mark I to Port.
PART II. SAILING RULES
RULE XIV
When Amendable to Part II of the Racing Rules
shall from time the preparatory signal for her class is Rules
A the yacht shall be amendable to Part II of the Racing
spars are clear of the finish line.
continue SO until she has finished and her entire made, hull and and
RULE XXVII
Start and Recall
SECTION 3. Yachts whose preparatory signal has not
been made must keep clear of yachts whose preparatory signal
has been made. Yachts whose preparatory signal has not
been made must at all times keep clear of any restricted area
about the starting line established by the Race Committee.
Recall Signal
SECTION 5. If any yacht, or any part of her hull, spars
or other equipment be on or across the starting line when the
starting signal is made, she must return and start again.
SECTION 6. A yacht SO returning, or one working into
position from the wrong side of the line after her starting signal
has been made, must keep clear of and give way to all com-
peting yachts whose starting signal has been made.
SECTION 7. A yacht starting after the signal for the
start of the next class has been made, shall, in starting, keep
clear of and give way to yachts starting during their specified
starting intervals.
RULE XXVII
Government Marks
All Government Marks and Aids to Navigation not used
as turning marks shall be passed on the channel side and shall
be deemed marks of the course unless the instructions specify
otherwise. When used as turning marks and there is an
accompanying buoy, the accompanying buoy may be disre-
garded and passed on either hand unless the instructions for
the race specify otherwise.
10
RULE XXIX
Definitions
1. CLOSE-HAULED AND FREE.
by the wind as close as she can lie with advantage in working
(a) Close-Hauled. A yacht is close-hauled when sailing
to windward.
(b) Free. A yacht not sailing close-hauled, as defined
above, and not in the wind, is sailing free.
2. LUFFING.
A yacht is luffing when she so alters her course as to sail
a course more nearly into the wind.
3. CLEAR AHEAD AND CLEAR ASTERN.
A yacht is clear astern of another when all her hull and
equipment is abaft the other yacht's boom end or counter,
judged by the course which the two yachts are sailing. The
other is clear ahead.
4. OVERLAP.
An overlap between two yachts exists when they are sailing
approximately the same course and neither has her bowsprit
end (or stern if she has no bowsprit) abaft the other yacht's
boom end or counter, judged by the course which the two
yachts are sailing.
5. RISK OF COLLISION.
The phrase "Risk of Collision" is used in the widest sense,
and yachts must be considered to be "approaching so as to
involve risk of collision" whenever either of two cannot with
perfect safety be navigated without any regard to the prox-
imity of the other.
For example, generally speaking, two yachts cannot be
navigated without any regard to each other unless either or
both can at any moment turn a complete circle with helm hard
over either way without fouling the other.
When there is any doubt, risk of collision is to be presumed
to exit.
6. OVERTAKING.
Of two yachts sailing the same or nearly the same course
one which is clear astern of the other begins to rank as over-
taking yacht as soon as she comes anywhere within range of
risk of collision and continues so to rank until she either-
1. Draws clear ahead; and then she begins to rank as
overtaken yacht.
11
2. Draws of risk clear of abreast by widening out beyond range
collision.
3. Falls astern beyond range of risk of collision.
4. One tack or within both of the the meaning yachts of tack. this rule.) (A jibe is not a
the late overtaking yacht.
The obligation of proving that she has drawn clear lies on
No question of overtaking can arise unless the yachts are
sailing approximately the same course (a luff by one of the
yachts under Rule XEI, clause (B), does not count as a dif-
ference of course in this connection.)
7. PROPER COURSE.
During the existence of overtaking conditions the proper
course is prima facie nothing to leeward of full and by if on a
wind, or of the next mark if the wind be free; but there may be
conditions of tide of circumstances, other than the desire to
hinder the competitor overtaking to leeward, which justify a
more leeward course, in this case the responsibility for proving
the justification for such a leeward course would lie upon the
weather yacht.
RULE XXX
Right of Way
When one yacht is approaching another yacht, SO as to
involve risk of collision, one of them shall keep clear of the other
as follows:
Overtaking
(A) A yacht overtaking another shall keep out of the
way of the overtaken yacht.
(B) If the overtaking yacht steers a course to pass that
the overtaken yacht on the side opposite to boom,
the on latter luff from her course, head
which the latter then carries her main to
ing her to windward, until she is in such position no
wind if she may pleases, to prevent the former pass-
that her bowsprit end, or stem if she has
would strike the overtaking yacht may
maintain abaft bowsprit, the her main course, shrouds, further. yacht she to
after which
but may luff no
luff, the cases windward yacht must respond to the luff, and
In of doubt as to the right of the leeward protest
if she thinks fit.
12
(C) A yacht must never bear away out of her proper
course to hinder an overtaking yacht passing
her to leeward. The overtaking yacht, if to
leeward, must not luff SO as to interfere ("inter-
fore" is used in the sense of interference through
actual contact) with the windward yacht or
cause her to alter her course, until she ranks
as an overtaken yacht. The lee side shall be
considered that on which the leading yacht of
the two carries her main boom at the time she
ceases to be clear ahead.
Meeting, Crossing and Converging
These clauses are framed particularly to avoid collision and
the yacht which by rule has to keep out of the way must always
do SO (see clause (K).
Before the starting signal is given there are no restrictions
upon the manœuvring of the yachts other than the provisions
of Rules XXX, XXXI and XXXII, and the yacht holding
right of way may alter course in any reasonable manner (but
a luff so sudden that it cannot be easily responded to would not
be considered reasonable).
As soon as the starting signal is given, the yachts must sail
a course consistent with the intention of crossing the line, but
in all other respects the only restrictions on manœuvring are
those provided in Rules XXX, XXXI, and XXXII. After
crossing the line the only restrictions upon maneuvring are
those provided in Rules XXX, XXXI and XXXII.
(D) A yacht which has the wind free shall keep out
of the way of one which is close-hauled.
(E) A yacht which is close-hauled on the port tack
shall keep out of the way of one which is close-
hauled on the starboard tack.
(F) When both yachts have the wind free on different
sides, and neither can claim the rights of a
yacht being overtaken, the yacht which has the
wind on the port side shall keep out of the way
of the other. (A yacht is deemed to have the
wind on the side opposite to that on which she
is carrying her mainboom.)
Interpret without regard, or disregarding portion in parenthesis. In
other words, "causing another yacht to alter her course" is a foul and
actual contact is not essential.
13
(G) When side, both and yachts have the wind free on the
ward. keep out of the way of the yacht windward to lee-
shall overtaken, the yacht to the a yacht
being neither can claim the rights of same
(H) When two yachts, both close-hauled on the
tack, are converging by reason of the leeward same
yacht holding a better wind, and neither
claim the rights of a yacht being overtaken can
the way.
then the yacht to windward shall keep out of
Altering Course
(I) A yacht may not tack so as to involve probability
of collision with another yacht unless she can
gather full way on her new tack before a colli-
sion would occur: nor so as to involve prob-
ability of collision with another yacht which,
owing to her position, cannot keep out of the
way. A yacht which tacks SO close in front of
another as to cause the latter to alter course to
avoid a collision before the former has gathered
full way must be disqualified.
(K) When by any of the above clauses one yacht has
to keep out of the way of another, the latter
(subject to clause [B]) shall not alter course so
as to prevent her doing so.
Although the right of way yacht is not bound to hold her
course, she must not so alter it as to mislead or baulk the other,
in the act of keeping out of the way.
A yacht may be disqualified on a protest arising out of a
breach of any of these clauses whether a collision result or not.
RULE XXXI
Giving Room at Marks or Obstructions
to Sea Room
If an overlap exists between two yachts when both of them,
without tacking, are about to pass an obstruction to sea-room, give
room to the yacht in danger of fouling such mark or obstruction, the
or a mark on the required side, the outside yacht must
whether she be the windward or leeward yacht, provided ob-
yachts are overlapping on actually reaching such mark or
14
struction. An overtaking yacht shall not be justified in at-
tempting to establish an overlap, and thus force a passage
between the leading yacht and the mark or obstruction, after
the latter has reached it or altered her course for the purpose
and in the act of rounding it. A craft under way (including
another yacht racing), of which the yacht concerned has to
keep out of the way, ranks as an obstruction for the purpose of
this or the following rule.
Rule XXXI makes exception to Rule XXX only SO far as
to require the outer yacht, although otherwise holding right
of way under the later rule, to allow the inner yacht room if
her overlap has been made in proper time. In all other respects
Rule XXX remains in full force.
As an example, a leading yacht may tack round a mark
or obstruction only when she can do so and clear the yacht
astern, just as she would be required to do if she made her tack
in open sea without any mark or obstruction being there.
In all protests under this rule the onus of proof that the
overlap has been made in proper time rests with the yacht that
previously had been astern.
RULE XXXII
Close-Hauled, Approaching an Obstruction
to Sea Room or a Mark
If two yachts are standing close-hauled on the same tack
towards the shore, or an obstruction to sea-room which requires
the leeward yacht to alter her course to clear it, and if she is
not able to tack without coming into collision with the yacht
to windward; the latter shall, on being hailed by the person
in charge of the leeward yacht, at once allow her room to tack.
A yacht so claiming room shall be bound to tack immediately
her hail is responded to. If the leeward yacht elects to clear
the obstruction by bearing away she shall allow the windward
yacht room to do the same if she so desires. But if the ob-
struction is a mark of the course the leeward yacht has not the
right to so hail the other about if that other can herself pass
the mark without tacking.
Although it is only in this rule that a hail is mentioned,
other situations may arise in which under Rule I a hail should
be given before making an alteration of course which may not
be forescen by the other yacht.
15
RULE XXXIII
Fouling or Improperly Rounding Marks
each series as specified in the instructions, and rounding in the
A of yacht marks must go fairly around the course,
ing mark must enclose it on the required side. A yacht follow-
specified mark her track from the preceding to the rounding
do SO by another yacht. A yacht which has touched a mark to of
not touch a mark of the course unless wrongfully compelled shall
the course must immediately either abandon the race or hoist
a
protest signal. Every essential or ordinary above water
part of any object named as mark, counts as a mark, but no
attached to the mark.
part below water, nor any object accidentally or temporarily
RULE XXXIV
Marks of the Course
A mark is any vessel, boat, buoy or other object used to
indicate the course but does not become a mark of the course
until the preceding mark, if any, has been rounded or passed.
The marks of the starting line are marks of the course from
the making of the preparatory signal for each class, but there
is no required side until after the starting signal has been made.
Every mark rounded or passed remains a mark of the course
until the next mark has been passed. A mark, until it becomes
a mark of the course as above defined, shall be an obstruction
to sea room.
RULE XXXV
Fouling Competing Yachts
If a yacht, through failure to observe any of these rules,
shall foul another yacht, or cause other yachts to foul, she
shall be disqualified.
RULE XLVI
Hearings by Race Committee
SECTION 1. The Race Committee shall promptly of notify the
the owner of a protested yacht or his representative been
receipt of a protest and the rule or rules alleged to have as
violated, and shall arrange for a hearing thereon as soon the
possible. Due notice of such hearing shall be given to (See
owners of the yachts involved or their representatives.
under "PROTESTS," page 4.)
16
RULE XLVII
Disqualification Without Protest
Should it come to the knowledge of the Race Committee
or should it have reasonable grounds to believe that a com-
petitor in a race has in any way infringed these rules, it shall
have the power to disqualify such competitor without protest,
but only after notice has been given as hereinafter provided
and after a hearing at which the owner of the yacht involved
or his representative shall have the right to be present and sub-
mit such evidence as he may deem necessary. Notice of pro-
posed action by the Race Committee under this rule must be
given to the owner of the yacht believed to have infringed and
the time and place of the hearing thereon. Notice of proposed
action, based upon an infringement of the sailing rules, must
be given prior to 6 P. M. of the week-day following the race in
question.
FLEET HEADQUARTERS
Fleet Headquarters are established in the village at North-
.
east Harbor, where a telephone is installed. The Secretary,
Race Committee, will be glad to answer questions.
JOHN TYSSOWSKI,
Chairman, Race Committee,
Southwest Harbor.
HOWARD COOPER JOHNSON, JR.
Secretary, Race Committee,
Northeast Harbor.
17
GENERAL CODE SIGNALS
BI
Proceed at will.
CS
Finish here.
DI
Previous signal is annulled.
FQ
Race Committee.
FZ
Squadron is disbanded.
SPECIAL CODE SIGNALS
A
Class A; or start Class A.
B
Class B; or start Class B.
G
Race postponed until later in the day.
H
Race postponed for the day.
I
Race postponed.
J
Race is off.
K
Race will be called at
M
Class MDI; or start Class MDI; or "finish here."
O.
Class O; or start Class O; or "Mark has shifted;
this vessel is the mark."
P
Preparatory.
S.
Class S; or start Class S.
18
RACING SCHEDULE
1931
JULY SERIES:
Friday
July 17
A. M.
Tuesday
July 21
P. M.
*Seamanship Race (in case of post-
ponement, sailed July 27)
July 23
Friday
July 24
A. M.
Tuesday
July 28
P. M.
*S. W. H. V. I. A. Cup Race (in
case of postponement, sailed
August 3)
July 30
AUGUST SERIES:
Tuesday
August 4
P. M.
Friday
August 7
A. M.
*Schooner Race (in case of post-
ponement, sailed August 12)
August 10
Tuesday
August 11
P. M.
Annual Cruise
August 13, 14, 15
*Hayward Cup Race
August 17
Friday
August 21
A. M.
Tuesday
August 25
P. M.
Friday
August 28
A. M.
Monday
August 31
P. M.
*Seaman's Race
September 2
* Details to be sent out in special notices.
Because of Daylight Saving Time having been gener-
ally adopted on Mount Desert Island, all July and
August Series Races will be sailed in the afternoon at
the scheduled Daylight Saving Time.
INTERNATIONAL CODE SIGNALS
A
I
Y
B
J
R
Z
"CODE FLAG" AND
"ANSWERING PENNANT'
C
K
S
D
L
T
When used as the "Code
Flag" it is to be hoisted under
the ensign
When used as the "Answer.
ing Pennant'' itisto be hoisted
E
M
U
at the masthead or where best
seen.
F
N
V
G
W
H
P
X
High Tide at Northeast Harbor
1931
EASTERN STANDARD TIME
(For Daylight Saving Time Add 1 Hour)
JULY
AUGUST
SEPTEMBER
Date
A.M.
P.M.
Date
A.M.
P.M.
Date
A.M.
P.M.
1
11.47
11.58
1
12.18
12.42
1
1.06
1.23
2
12.05
12.29
2
12.57
1.21
2
1.43
2.02
3
1.42
1.12
3
1.37
2.00
3
2.26
2.44
4
1.25
1.55
4
2.18
2.41
4
3.12
3.31
5
2.10
2.38
5
3.03
3.26
5
4.03
4.26
6
2.55
3.23
6
3.49
4.13
6
5.02
5.27
7
3.42
4.10
7
4.41
5.07
7
6.06
6.31
8
4.32
5.00
8
5.38
6.03
8
7.08
7.31
9
5.25
5.52
9
6.38
7.01
9
8.07
8.28
10
6.20
6.44
10
7.37
7.57
10
9.02
9.23
11
7.15
7.37
11
8.33
8.53
11
9.53
10.14
12
8.08
8.28
12
9.27
9.43
12
10.41
11.02
13
9.01
9.17
13
10.17
10.34
13
11.27
11.50
14
9.51
10.05
14
11.05
11.23
14
12.00
12.14
15
10.39
10.55
15
11.52
12.02
15
12.40
1.02
16
11.27
11.42
16
12.11
12.39
16
1.29
1.52
17
12.00
12.14
17
1.00
1.27
17
2.23
2.44
18
12.31
1.03
18
1.51
2.18
18
3.18
3.41
19
1.20
1.52
19
2.45
3.11
19
4.20
4.43
20
2.12
2.43
20
3.41
4.07
20
5.27
5.49
21
3.06
3.37
21
4.41
5.07
21
6.34
6.55
22
4.03
4.34
22
5.47
6.12
22
7.36
7.56
23
5.03
5.32
23
6.54
7.15
23
8.30
8.49
24
6.06
6.33
24
7.57
8.16
24
9.16
9.34
25
7.10
7.33
25
8.53
9.09
25
9.56
10.13
26
8.11
8.31
26
9.42
9.56
26
10.32
10.50
27
9.08
9.24
27
10.24
10.38
27
11.06
11.24
28
9.59
10.13
28
11.02
11.16
28
11.40
12.00
29
10.45
10.58
29
11.36
11.52
29
12.04
12.14
30
11.27
11.39
30
12.03
12.11
30
12.36
12.49
31
12.01
12.05
31
12.28
12.47
OCTOBER
Date
A.M.
P.M.
Date
A.M.
P.M.
Date
A.M.
P.M.
1
1.14
1.27
6
5.39
6.03
11
10.16
10.41
2
1.55
2.10
7
6.43
7.05
12
11.03
11.29
3
2.41
2.57
8
7.41
8.05
13
11.50
12.02
4
3.34
3.53
9
8.36
8.59
14
12.09
12.37
5
4.34
4.57
10
9.27
9.51
15
1.08
1.27
Tides turn in The Western Way two hours before and in
The Eastern Way two hours after the time of change in
Northeast Harbor.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
NORTHEAST HARBOR
MAINE
At a meeting of the Executive Committee of
the Northeast Harbor Fleet, at which were present
Commodore W. Barton Eddison, Vice-Commodore Fre-
deric O. Speddon, Rear-Commodore Arthur P. Butler,
Mr. John Tyssowski, Mr. C. Bradford Fraley, and Mr.
Howard Cooper Johnson, Jr., Secretary, held on
July 15th, the following resolution was passed:
". Mr. Howard Cooper Johnson, Jr., was made
Assistant Treasurer of The Northeast Harbor Fleet
to act during Mr. Gerrish H. Milliken's absence
abroad. 11
(Signed)
W. Barton Eddison
Commodore.
Howard Cooper Johnson, Jr.,
Secretary.
SEAMANSHIP RACE NOTICES
was held at Commodore Eddisoris
a special meeting of the Heir
houses P.M. are Friday July 24, 1931 at 5:30
21 was moved. accoud, and passed
that Crunvelore Eddison be authorized
to appoant a committee for perpose
of increasing the Flut hemberlip.
2d was moved seconded and peesed
that the By haws be amended as follows:
' action V. 1. There shall be three
jimin bus. members and liberoury a
classes ? membership regular we
204
2. member a candidate 00 election as a regula
elected a junior member that be
by the Executive Commuttee
3. member members of the family of G regular
ship. Jerrior members upon reaching
may elected Junot
he under lighteen to
eighteen years of age shdle because
regular accember upsn the payment
.
9 an additional enthance fee 25
4. time The to executive time ebet committee thousand awen- from
5. Every member of the shall
sides qualified chif
beeship such persons as they can -
6. any inemble may resign from
have the right fl the Chil fly
the Club by paying all dues and
giving beit written notice to the
Section DI I. The intrave fee for
2. the fee for a Jusis cream
a regular were member shall be B 10.
-
ber shall be $ 5.
3. The annual dues for regular vicuhes
4 the annual due for jimmin number
shall be $10.
shall he 15"
10
28 was moved seconded and passe
that the races in 1932 be started July V10 th
and that there be a two day chuise in
July
it was moved, accoud, and passed
yashtow an the curice, in order that
that a charge of #3 be made for each
Then adjourned
way be properly administered
see
NOTICE
S.W.H.V.I.A. Race.
The
Northeast Harbor Fleet
SEAMANSHIP RACES
FOR BOYS AND
GIRLS
1931
"The only mission of a seaman's calling is to keep
ships' keels off the ground
To keep
ships afloat is his business: it is his trust."
Miss Mary C. Wheelwright has offered a cup for young ladies
in the same age group as the young men. A separate course
will be sailed, but the same provisions will apply to both races.
DATE: July 23, 1931.
1.
Warning for Boys
2.20 p. m.
White flag
{
Preparatory for Boys
2.25
Code flag "P"
2.
Warning for Girls
Start for Boys
2.35
Code flag "A"
3.
Preparatory for Girls
4.
Start for Girls
2.40
Code flag "A"
ENTRIES-Class A only (must be in writing).
Entries must be received before 6 p. m., July 22, by Howard
C. Johnson, Jr., Secretary, Race Committee, Northeast Harbor
408. No post entries. No boats eligible unless duly entered.
CONDITIONS-
All regular racing instructions will govern except as modi-
fied herein.
Special Regulations
1. Crews limited to three persons, amateurs, under 21 years of
age, the name of the captain to be filed with written entry.
2. After preparatory signal, no crew shall communicate with
anyone outside their own boat, except to demand right of
way or claim a foul.
3. Touching bottom disqualifies whether or not the boat floats
off unaided.
4. Sealed envelopes containing secret instructions shall not be
opened or contents examined in any way until after pre-
paratory signal.
COURSE
Once around triangle formed by Marks A, X and Y. Yachts
may sail the course in either direction.
The direct course will contain several natural obstructions
to navigation all clearly shown on Govt. Chart No. 306. Where
a choice exists such obstruction may be left on either hand
and going in either direction.
Mark A-The usual starting line, using the blue and white
flags only. At start, leave blue to starboard and white to
port; at finish leave blue to port and white to starboard; no
matter which way you sail the course.
Marks X and Y-To be determined in accordance with the
secret instructions which shall be delivered to each Captain
prior to the Preparatory signal. The marks will be visible
at a fair distance, but will bear no indication that they are
racing marks. They may be any floating object and need
not be similar. Judges will be stationed within sight of each
mark to check roundings by each boat.
Before Preparatory Signal yachts shall anchor back of the
starting line under the superintendence of the Judges and
shall remain at anchor. Until the starting signal, yachts
must remain with boom in crotch, mainsail properly furled
under cover with all the usual stops and fastenings be-
layed; jib and spinnaker stowed below decks; and all hal-
liards and sheets shipshape (as at moorings for the night)
to the satisfaction of the Judges.
At the Preparatory signal, sealed instructions may be
opened to determine locations of Marks X and Y.
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
U. S. Government Chart No. 306.
Dividers.
Parallel rules or Protractor.
It is intended that the interval between signals shall be em-
ployed locating marks, and determining the policy of the race.
At starting signal, anchor must be weighed (hauled on
deck) and carried throughout the race. Sails must not be set
or loosed in any way until start. No matter where the Judges
may have found it convenient to line up the competing boats
at anchor, all must cross the official starting line at Mark A
before proceeding to sail the course.
RIGHT OF WAY-The usual regulations will govern. They
must be observed carefully to avoid collisions, especially when
boats going in opposite directions round the marks simultane-
ously.
AWARD-The Seamanship Cup, presented by Miss Mary C.
Wheelwright, will be awarded for one year to the Captain of
the winning yacht. It will become the permanent property of
the Captain first winning it twice.
(Signed)
JOHN TYSSOWSKI,
Chairman Race Committee.
The
Northeast Harbor Fleet
SEAMANSHIP RACES
FOR BOYS AND
GIRLS
1931
"The only mission of a seaman's calling is to keep
ships' keels off the ground
To keep
ships afloat is his business: it is his trust."
Miss Mary C. Wheelwright has offered a cup for young ladies
in the same age group as the young men. A separate course
will be sailed, but the same provisions will apply to both races.
DATE: July 23, 1931.
1.
Warning for Boys
2.20 p. m.
White flag
{
Preparatory for Boys
2.25
Code flag "P"
2.
Warning for Girls
Start for Boys
2.35
Code flag "A"
3.
Preparatory for Girls
4.
Start for Girls
2.40
Code flag "A"
ENTRIES-Class A only (must be in writing).
Entries must be received before 6 p. m., July 22, by Howard
C. Johnson, Jr., Secretary, Race Committee, Northeast Harbor
408. No post entries. No boats eligible unless duly entered.
CONDITIONS-
All regular racing instructions will govern except as modi-
fied herein.
Special Regulations
1.
Crews limited to three persons, amateurs, under 21 years of
age, the name of the captain to be filed with written entry.
2. After preparatory signal, no crew shall communicate with
anyone outside their own boat, except to demand right of
way or claim a foul.
3. Touching bottom disqualifies whether or not the boat floats
off unaided.
4. Sealed envelopes containing secret instructions shall not be
opened or contents examined in any way until after pre-
paratory signal.
COURSE
Once around triangle formed by Marks A, X and Y. Yachts
may sail the course in either direction.
The direct course will contain several natural obstructions
to navigation all clearly shown on Govt. Chart No. 306. Where
a choice exists such obstruction may be left on either hand
and going in either direction.
Mark A-The usual starting line, using the blue and white
flags only. At start, leave blue to starboard and white to
port; at finish leave blue to port and white to starboard; no
matter which way you sail the course.
Marks X and Y-To be determined in accordance with the
secret instructions which shall be delivered to each Captain
prior to the Preparatory signal. The marks will be visible
at a fair distance, but will bear no indication that they are
racing marks. They may be any floating object and need
not be similar. Judges will be stationed within sight of each
mark to check roundings by each boat.
Before Preparatory Signal yachts shall anchor back of the
starting line under the superintendence of the Judges and
shall remain at anchor. Until the starting signal, yachts
must remain with boom in crotch, mainsail properly furled
under cover with all the usual stops and fastenings be-
layed; jib and spinnaker stowed below decks; and all hal-
liards and sheets shipshape (as at moorings for the night)
to the satisfaction of the Judges.
At the Preparatory signal, sealed instructions may be
opened to determine locations of Marks X and Y.
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
U. S. Government Chart No. 306.
Dividers.
Parallel rules or Protractor.
It is intended that the interval between signals shall be em-
ployed locating marks, and determining the policy of the race.
At starting signal, anchor must be weighed (hauled on
deck) and carried throughout the race. Sails must not be set
or loosed in any way until start. No matter where the Judges
may have found it convenient to line up the competing boats
at anchor, all must cross the official starting line at Mark A
before proceeding to sail the course.
RIGHT OF WAY-The usual regulations will govern. They
must be observed carefully to avoid collisions, especially when
boats going in opposite directions round the marks simultane-
ously.
AWARD-The Seamanship Cup, presented by Miss Mary C.
Wheelwright, will be awarded for one year to the Captain of
the winning yacht. It will become the permanent property of
the Captain first winning it twice.
(Signed)
JOHN TYSSOWSKI,
Chairman Race Committee.
The
Northeast Harbor Fleet
SEAMANSHIP RACES
FOR BOYS AND
GIRLS
1931
"The only mission of a seaman's calling is to keep
ships' keels off the ground
To keep
ships afloat is his business: it is his trust."
Miss Mary C. Wheelwright has offered a cup for young ladies
in the same age group as the young men. A separate course
will be sailed, but the same provisions will apply to both races.
DATE: July 23, 1931.
1.
Warning for Boys
2.20 p. m.
White flag
Preparatory for Boys
2.25
Code flag "P"
2.
Warning for Girls
Start for Boys
2.35
Code flag "A"
3.
{
Preparatory for Girls
4.
Start for Girls
2.40
Code flag "A"
ENTRIES-Class A only (must be in writing).
Entries must be received before 6 p. m., July 22, by Howard
C. Johnson, Jr., Secretary, Race Committee, Northeast Harbor
408. No post entries. No boats eligible unless duly entered.
CONDITIONS-
All regular racing instructions will govern except as modi-
fied herein.
Special Regulations
1. Crews limited to three persons, amateurs, under 21 years of
age, the name of the captain to be filed with written entry.
2. After preparatory signal, no crew shall communicate with
anyone outside their own boat, except to demand right of
way or claim a foul.
3. Touching bottom disqualifies whether or not the boat floats
off unaided.
4. Sealed envelopes containing secret instructions shall not be
opened or contents examined in any way until after pre-
paratory signal.
COURSE
Once around triangle formed by Marks A, X and Y. Yachts
may sail the course in either direction.
The direct course will contain several natural obstructions
to navigation all clearly shown on Govt. Chart No. 306. Where
a choice exists such obstruction may be left on either hand
and going in either direction.
Mark A-The usual starting line, using the blue and white
flags only. At start, leave blue to starboard and white to
port; at finish leave blue to port and white to starboard; no
matter which way you sail the course.
Marks X and Y-To be determined in accordance with the
secret instructions which shall be delivered to each Captain
prior to the Preparatory signal. The marks will be visible
at a fair distance, but will bear no indication that they are
racing marks. They may be any floating object and need
not be similar. Judges will be stationed within sight of each
mark to check roundings by each boat.
Before Preparatory Signal yachts shall anchor back of the
starting line under the superintendence of the Judges and
shall remain at anchor. Until the starting signal, yachts
must remain with boom in crotch, mainsail properly furled
under cover with all the usual stops and fastenings be-
layed; jib and spinnaker stowed below decks; and all hal-
liards and sheets shipshape (as at moorings for the night)
to the satisfaction of the Judges.
At the Preparatory signal, sealed instructions may be
opened to determine locations of Marks X and Y.
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
U. S. Government Chart No. 306.
Dividers.
Parallel rules or Protractor.
It is intended that the interval between signals shall be em-
ployed locating marks, and determining the policy of the race.
At starting signal, anchor must be weighed (hauled on
deck) and carried throughout the race. Sails must not be set
or loosed in any way until start. No matter where the Judges
may have found it convenient to line up the competing boats
at anchor, all must cross the official starting line at Mark A
before proceeding to sail the course.
boats must observed carefully to avoid collisions, especially when
RIGHT be OF WAY-The usual regulations will govern. They
ously. going in opposite directions round the marks simultane-
AWARD-The Seamanship Cup, presented by Miss
Wheelwright, the will be awarded for one year to the Captain Mary C.
the winning Captain yacht. first winning It will it become twice. the permanent property of of
(Signed)
JOHN TYSSOWSKI,
Chairman Race Committee.
The
Northeast Harbor Fleet
SEAMANSHIP RACES
FOR BOYS AND
GIRLS
1931
'The only mission of a seaman's calling is to keep
ships' keels off the ground
To keep
ships afloat is his business: it is his trust."
in Miss the Mary C. Wheelwright has offered a cup for
will be same age group as the young men. A young ladies
sailed, but the same provisions will apply separate to both course races.
DATE: July 23, 1931.
1.
Warning for Boys
2.20 p. m.
White flag
2.
Preparatory for Boys
2.25
Code flag "P"
Warning for Girls
3.
{
Start for Boys
2.35
Code flag "A"
Preparatory for Girls
4.
Start for Girls
2.40
Code flag "A"
ENTRIES-Class A only (must be in writing).
Entries must be received before 6 p. m., July 22, by Howard
C. Johnson, Jr., Secretary, Race Committee, Northeast Harbor
408. No post entries. No boats eligible unless duly entered.
CONDITIONS-
All regular racing instructions will govern except as modi-
fied herein.
Special Regulations
1. Crews limited to three persons, amateurs, under 21 years of
age, the name of the captain to be filed with written entry.
2. After preparatory signal, no crew shall communicate with
anyone outside their own boat, except to demand right of
way or claim a foul.
3. Touching bottom disqualifies whether or not the boat floats
off unaided.
4. Sealed envelopes containing secret instructions shall not be
opened or contents examined in any way until after pre-
paratory signal.
COURSE
Once around triangle formed by Marks A, X and Y. Yachts
may sail the course in either direction.
The direct course will contain several natural obstructions
to navigation all clearly shown on Govt. Chart No. 306. Where
a choice exists such obstruction may be left on either hand
and going in either direction.
Mark A-The usual starting line, using the blue and white
flags only. At start, leave blue to starboard and white to
port; at finish leave blue to port and white to starboard; no
matter which way you sail the course.
Marks X and Y-To be determined in accordance with the
secret instructions which shall be delivered to each Captain
prior to the Preparatory signal. The marks will be visible
at a fair distance, but will bear no indication that they are
racing marks. They may be any floating object and need
not be similar. Judges will be stationed within sight of each
mark to check roundings by each boat.
Before Preparatory Signal yachts shall anchor back of the
starting line under the superintendence of the Judges and
shall remain at anchor. Until the starting signal, yachts
must remain with boom in crotch, mainsail properly furled
under cover with all the usual stops and fastenings be-
layed; jib and spinnaker stowed below decks; and all hal-
liards and sheets shipshape (as at moorings for the night)
to the satisfaction of the Judges.
At the Preparatory signal, sealed instructions may be
opened to determine locations of Marks X and Y.
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
U.S. Government Chart No. 306.
Dividers.
Parallel rules or Protractor.
It is intended that the interval between signals shall be em-
ployed locating marks, and determining the policy of the race.
At starting signal, anchor must be weighed (hauled on
deck) and carried throughout the race. Sails must not be set
or loosed in any way until start. No matter where the Judges
may have found it convenient to line up the competing boats
at anchor, all must cross the official starting line at Mark A
before proceeding to sail the course.
RIGHT OF WAY-The usual regulations will govern. They
must be observed carefully to avoid collisions, especially when
boats going in opposite directions round the marks simultane-
ously.
AWARD-The Seamanship Cup, presented by Miss Mary C.
Wheelwright, will be awarded for one year to the Captain of
the winning yacht. It will become the permanent property of
the Captain first winning it twice.
(Signed)
JOHN TYSSOWSKI,
Chairman Race Committee.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
NORTHEAST HARDOR
MAINE
S.W.H.V.I.A. RACE
Course to be sailed by Schooner Class and 30 Square Meter Class.
Around the two Duck Islands, Bakers Island and Greenings
Island, leaving all to port. Finish at starting line,
sailing South.
Northeast Harbor Fleet
NORTHEAST HARBOR, ME.
SOUTHWEST HARBOR VILLAGE
IMPROVEMENT ASSO-
CIATION RACE
THURSDAY, JULY 30th, 1931
In case of postponement
MONDAY, AUG. 3
START and FINISH-will be between Green-
ing's Ledge red spar buoy No. 8 off S. W. end of
Greening's Island, and the Committee Boat an-
chored S. S. W. from the buoy.
TIME-Warning gun
9.50 a. m.
Preparatory gun
9.55 a. m.
Start Schooner Class
10.00 a. m.
Start 30 sq. Meter Class
10.05
a.
m.
Start Classes A and B
10.10 a. m.
(Daylight Saving Time)
Postponements will be for 15-minute intervals.
COURSE-will be to and around Little Gott's
Island and return to finish. Yachts may round the
Island in either direction at the Captain's discretion.
All government marks may be disregarded. Yachts
should be sure to have on board and make use of
chart No. 307. This chart covers the entire course.
All helmsmen must be amateurs.
Entire crew must be amateur except on schooners.
Appearance at the starting-line constitutes entry
except for schooner class. Entries in writing for this
class must reach R. C. Robbins, Northeast Harbor,
by 6 p. m., July 28, and must give the following in-
formation to aid the Committee in handicapping:
1. Rig and Type.
6. Draft.
2. Auxiliary.
7. Age.
3. Length O. A.
8. Designer.
4. Length W. L.
9. Owner.
5. Beam.
RULES-Yachts - must take care to observe care-
fully the racing rules, particularly when passing in
opposite directions.
TIME LIMIT-Time Limit for finishing the
race will be sunset.
(Signed)
JOHN TYSSOWSKI,
Chairman, Race Committee.
Northeast Harbor Fleet
NORTHEAST HARBOR, ME.
SOUTHWEST HARBOR VILLAGE
IMPROVEMENT ASSO-
CIATION RACE
THURSDAY, JULY 30th, 1931
In case of postponement
MONDAY, AUG. 3
START and FINISH-will be between Green-
ing's Ledge red spar buoy No. 8 off S. W. end of
Greening's Island, and the Committee Boat an-
chored S. S. W. from the buoy.
TIME-Warning gun
9.50 a. m.
Preparatory gun
9.55 a. m.
Start Schooner Class
10.00 a. m.
Start 30 sq. Meter Class
10.05
a.
m.
Start Classes A and B
10.10 a. m.
(Daylight Saving Time)
Postponements will be for 15-minute intervals.
COURSE-will be to and around Little Gott's
Island and return to finish. Yachts may round the
Island in either direction at the Captain's discretion.
All government marks may be disregarded. Yachts
should be sure to have on board and make use of
chart No. 307. This chart covers the entire course.
All helmsmen must be amateurs.
Entire crew must be amateur except on schooners.
Appearance at the starting-line constitutes entry
except for schooner class. Entries in writing for this
class must reach R. C. Robbins, Northeast Harbor,
by 6 p. m., July 28, and must give the following in-
formation to aid the Committee in handicapping:
1. Rig and Type.
6. Draft.
2. Auxiliary.
7. Age.
3. Length O. A.
8. Designer.
4. Length W. L.
9. Owner.
5. Beam.
RULES-Yachts must take care to observe care-
fully the racing rules, particularly when passing in
opposite directions.
TIME LIMIT-Time Limit for finishing the
race will be sunset.
(Signed)
JOHN TYSSOWSKI,
Chairman, Race Committee.
Race Entry List 1931.
Seemanship Race
Secret Instructions.
1
Annual Schooner Race Notice.
Annual Cruise Notice
LIST OF THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
(in six racing classes)
11 30 SQUARE METER" CLASS
1
Valee
2
Aquila
John Tyssowski
3
W. Barton Eddison
Agile
4
Herman M. Hessenbruch
Nordic II
5
Edsel B. Ford
Winsome
6
William F. Cochran
Tsana
7
Bacardi
William J. Strawbridge
Ernest B. Dane, Jr.
A Class
1
Daffydill
2
Ino
Mrs. Henry Parkman
3
Gnat
Miss Elizabeth Madeira
4
Atlanta
William F. Cochran
6
Hustla
R. Gwynne Stout
7
No. 7
Charles D. Dickey
10
Constance
Casper W. Morris
C. Clark Zantzinger, Jr.
11
Mecoh II
Crawford C. Madeira
12
Sinbad
Vance C. McCormick
14
Yoho
Charles Pratt
15
Whistler
Walter A. Eversman
16
Nevis
Mrs. William P. Jenks
17
Kipper
C. P. B. Jefferys
18
Little Scamp
Richard Hatch
19
Colleen
Miss Margarita Safford
21
Polly
Mrs. C. Bradford Fraley
22
Mary
Edwin Corning
23
Kayleen
Miss Ruth B. Lyman
24
Last Chance
Alan Fox
27
Steps
Wharton Sinkler
28
Hoyden
Miss Barbara Strawbridge
29
Aleda
L. F. Crofoot
30
Bob White
Walter H. Lippincott, Jr.
31
Clement Kite
Kinglet
32
Don Q
Reginald C. Robbins, Jr.
33
Jack Tar III
Percy H. Clark, Jr.
34
Salcee
John D. Rockefeller, III
35
Alanda
Dr. Edward L. Keyes
37
Reef Point
Mrs. Grahame Wood
38
Nordic II
Hiram Sibley
40
Edsel B. Ford
Scud
41
Alexander Torrance
Eaglet
Arthur B. Butler, Jr.
42
E. Farnham Butler
43
Halo
44
No. 43
Harry G. Haskell
Mrs. W. A. Barstow
45
Gull
Roswell Gilpatrick
Pin
Miss Lucy Talcott
47
49
Seafarer
Miss Jean W. Murray
Halcyon
Richard Benson
B Class
1
2
Br'er Rabbit
Dr. Francis C. Grant
3
Navajo
Silverwing
George K. Johnson, III
4
Kit Kat
Henry W. Foote, Jr.
5
Witnit
Dr. William Earl Clark
6
No. 6
Lawrence J. Brengle, Jr.
7
Iseult
Dena B. Hinckley
8
Nan
9
Whim
John C. Rice, Jr.
10
Ace
F. W. Simmons
11
Vega
Henry D. Stebbins
12
Electron
Thomas Reath, Jr.
13
Venture II
Herman M. Hessenbruch
14
Vic
Robert K. McInnes
Skip Jack
Towar B. Bates
15
16
Velox
W. Rodman Fay
17
Shad
John R. Potter
18
Blue-Fish
Miss Barbara H. Welch
Warren
Smith Jackson
19
W. B. Stimson
o Class
1
Miss Deal
3
Oh-No
Stephen Whitney, Jr.
4
Panick
C. Frederic Stout
5
Go-Get-Em
Mrs. William 2. . Jenks
8
No. 8
9
Mud Puppy
Hon. Jasper Y. Brinton
Mrs. C. Bradford Fraley
11
Bimbo
Miss Priscilla G. Merrill
13
Coupla Clubs
Thomas W. Clark
14
Cheerio
Mrs. Frederick Jordan
15
Sea Gull
Roger Drury
Crow
Lincoln Godfrey, Jr.
16
Mrs. Grahame Wood
MDI Class
2
No. 2
3
Sea Urchin
Henry Lyman, Jr.
No. 6
Miss Lydia Lyman
6
Henry G. Brooks
12
White Rabbitt
Dr. E. G. Stillman
14
Sandy
Richard Sears
Bull's Eye Class
1
Woozle
Miss Mary Eddison
2
Fidget
Mrs. Francis McIlhenny
3
Puff-In
4
Mrs. Ledyard Cogswell, Jr.
Bingle
Robert Saltonstall
5
Gurgle
Schofield Andrews
6
Sizzle
7
Harry G. Haskell
Golliwogg
8
O'Donnell Iselin
No. 8
Bowen Blair
39
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
NORTHEAST HARBOR
MAINE
13
SECRET INSTRUCTIONS FOR SURAMARSHIP RACE.
once around, either way; triangle AXY. New
38
these direction at end or first round.
MARK
(North age, Hadlock Lower Pond
Equidistant from (Standt st. Seuveur Mt.
(Red STAT GA, North of Spurling Pt,
Group Granberry Island
MARK Y.
(Navel Redio Towers, near Sec Wall
Equidistant from (Bear Dalank Light
(Clark Anima Ledge Spindle
MARK X RANGES.
Red Sper 1A, Now't of Spurling Point, Great ^Cren-
berry Island on Dolly ill, Great Granberry Island, SSE
Black Spar 1, No: thetet Herbor entrance, on Beel
Harbor Ges Buoy
NE X E 5/88,
Summit of Penatio att on Summits of Casillao Mt.
MARK Y RANGES
Seal Harbor Gas Budy Exil IL/4N.
Highest elevation 60 utt.) of suttons Island on
Great Oranberry Great Head, Island Great S58. Crunberry Island, on Rice Point,
p106
P. 107
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
NORTHEAST HARBOR
MAINE
ocesn set ones Bace
August 10, 2031
. hest 1 80 foot
: Yephts -532 be milled by NY time profes 12 state boing
permitted in the areta.
Dest
mer's cortificate of cating to be sustahed with entry
25 is st is not the fillering
and
year
STOP 1.2
3. I am in or line
the Dela
5. DRISE
to TALI 0.00m In loverty and who 11/ht sells
DPO carried
7. Displacement tomage
and lbs equipment mast be corried, that
jachts and not 04/27 Mishies.
De Starts - running 610 at 9.45 A.M.
opporatory - nt 7.53
tert at 70.00
64 start between fortheast lasbor mark Sg not of Fast
Ledge, and Committee monte
Governo no. I FROM street to los soak Thistic these
to shoodia hastle Busy Shance to Haltor Island nistle
Cheese to Sintah at start. Leave all Euroye to
starboard.
Course No. a - of So. In Course ambow will be
displayed on Comitties Boat at warning
%. fising pilep at No As Y. R. U. will apply AS modified in
Northeast parbor Floot Stacing Instructions which will
apply in calls ,
another is Lunt
8. send entetes to Mr. Hoginold 0. Nobbins, rol. Northeast
Harbor
bal'oro 12 P.M. on August is, 9
405
9. In case of and monther, the southeast Rembor Fire thistle
will blow six blasts at 8.30 Salla The rade will thom be
salled on adjust IS at the scheduled hours
in Wellian Earl
(signe)
check
Chairman, 1000 Committee.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
1931
TENTH ANNUAL CRUISE
The tenth annual cruise will be held on Thursday, Friday
and Saturday, August 13, 14 and 15. 1931.
It is hoped that in addition to the racing classes, many
other yachts will take part. Yacht owners desiring to partic-
ipate should advise the Secretary of the Race Committee as
soon as possible. Any cruising schooners, yawls or ketches
wishing to enter the class for cruising boats, or any sloops
wishing to enter the miscellaneous class, must send the fol-
lowing information to Mr. Reginald C. Robbins, Northeast
Harbor, Maine, before Tuesday, August 11.
1 Rig and type
6 Draft
2 Auxiliary
7 Age
3 Length, O. A.
8 Designer
4 Length, W. L.
9 Owner
5 Beam
10 Rating, if known
COURSES
The destination for Thursday is Seal Cove, Blue Hill Bay.
The course is: From blue and white flags at mark A, southerly,
passing black spar buoy No 3 to starboard and red spar buoy
No. 2 to port, to black and white can buoy lying southwest
of Seawall Point, leaving it to starboard; thence southwesterly
to bell buoy off Long Ledge, leaving it to starboard; thence
westerly, northwesterly and northerly, passing Goose Rock
and Rumill's Hub to starboard to Dodge Point; thence east-
erly to finish between rowboat and the Regatta Committee
Boat, both anchored in the entrance of Seal Cove.
Yachts will dress ship at Seal Cove.
Start-THURSDAY:
Preparatory Signal
11.00 A. M.
Start Cruising Class,
Schooners, Yawls and Ketches
11.05
Start Miscellaneous
11.10
Start S
11.15
Start 30 Square Meter Class
11.20
Start Class A
11.25
Start Class B
11.30
Start Class MDI
11.35
Eastern Daylight Time will be observed throughout the
cruise.
FRIDAY. Colors 8.00 A. M.
Start
Preparatory Signal
9.00 A.M.
Start Cruising Class
9.05
Start Miscellaneous Class
9.10
Start Class S
9.15
Start 30 Square Meter Class
9.20
Start Class A
9.25
Start Class B
9.30
Start Class MDI
9.35
Course. From start between rowboat and the Regatta Com-
mittee Boat, both anchored at the entrance of Seal Cove,
northwesterly, leaving Moose Island to starboard; thence
northerly, leaving Hardwood Island to port and Bartlett's
Island and Newbury Neck to starboard; thence to finish be-
tween The Kollegewidgwok Yacht Club Dock and white flag.
(Kollegewidgwok Yach Club lies about 500 yards north of
Conary Nub.)
The course for the afternoon will be the reverse of the morn-
ing course.
Time of start to be announced during lunch at the Kollege-
widgwok Yacht Club.
SATURDAY. Colors 8.00 A. M.
Start-Same time as Friday morning.
Course-Reverse of Thursday's Course.
SUBSISTENCE
Subsistence and messing facilities will NOT be provided
ashore this year. All boats will have to prepare their own
meals.
Commodore Seth M. Milliken of The Kollegewidgwok Yacht
Club at East Blue Hill has kindly invited the crews of the
racing classes to lunch with him on Friday, August 14. The
courtesies of the club are extended to crews of other yachts
after luncheon.
LADIES
Ladies wishing to inquire about accommodations at Seal
Cove, must call Miss Ruth Lyman, at Northeast Harbor 272,
before noon, August 12.
RACING RULES
The racing rules of the Northeast Harbor Fleet shall govern.
The usual equipment of the various clubs shall be carried.
JOINING OR PARTING COMPANY
After joining the Squadron a yacht shall request permission
before leaving, from the Commodore aboard the flagship.
CHARTS
All boats should acquire chart No. 307. The many rocks in
Blue Hill Bay make this imperative. These charts may be
obtained from Bain's in Northeast Harbor, or at Parker's in
Bar Harbor.
TROPHIES
Trophies for first place in all classes will be awarded, pro-
vided four or more boats participate in the Cruise. Pennants
for second and third place will be awarded if the required
number of boats enter.
FEE
A fee of $3.00 per boat will be charged in order that mem-
bers of the Cruise may have adequate protection in case of
emergency. Cruise fee must be paid to the Secretary at Fleet
Headquarters before noon, August 13.
JOHN TYSSOWSKI,
Chairman Race Committee.
W. BARTON EDDISON,
Commodore.
Hayward Cup Race Notice
Race Committee Notice regarding
keeping clear at starting.
111
on
Letters asking residents of
Northeast and Southwest Harbor to
Join the Fleet.
Special Cruise Notive.
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
NORTHEAST HARBOR
MAINE
NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
GEORGE DAVENPORT HAYWARD MEMORIAL CUP RACE
DATE, MONDAY, AUGUST 10, 1931
ENTRIES: Classes A, B, o, MDI, 30 Square Meter, and Bull's Eye.
COURSE: No. 7 or 8, to be announced at warning signal.
START: Warning
White flag
2.00.00 P. M.
Preparatory
Code flag P
2.05.00
Start Bull's Eye
Code flag B
2.10.00
Start Class o and
Class MDI
Code flag 0
2.25.00
Start Class B
Code flag B
2.35.30
Start Class A
Code flag A
2.37.30
Start 30 Square
Meter Class
Flag 30
2.42.30 or
2.47.30 or
2.52.30 to
be announced at
the start
POSTPONEMENTS: Code flag G. 15 minute intervals.
PRIZE: First yacht to cross the line will receive a replica of the
engraved on the Hayward Cup.
Hayward Memorial Cup, and the captain will have his name
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
NORTHEAST HARBOR
MAINE
NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
42
GEORGE DAVENPORT HAYWARD MEMORIAL CUP RACE
DATE, MONDAY, AUGUST 10, 1931
Wednesday, August 13,1932.
32
ENTRIES: Classes A, B, a, MDI, 30 Square Meter, and Bull's Eye.
COURSE: No. 7 or 8, to be announced at warning signal.
START: Warning
White flag
2.00.00 P. M.
Preparatory
Code flag P
2.05.00
Start Bull's Eye
Code flag B
2.10.00
Start Class O and
Class MDI
Code flag I
M
2.25.00
Start Class B
Code flag B
2.35.30
Start Class A
Code flag A
2.37.30
Start 30 Square
Meter Class
Flag 30
2.42.30 or
2.47.30 or
2.52.30 to
be announced at
the start
POSTPONEMENTS: Code flag G. 15 minute intervals.
PRIZE: First yacht to cross the line will receive a replica of the
engraved on the Hayward Cup.
Hayward Memorial Cup, and the captain will have his name
THE RACE COMMITTEE WISHES TO GIVE THE FOLLOW-
ING WARNING TO THOSE RACING:
AFTER THE PREPARATORY GUN FOR A CLASS HAS BEEN
FIRED, ALL OTHER YACHTS MUST KEEP REASONABLY
CLEAR FROM THE STARTING LINE AREA OR BE LIABLE TO
PROTEST AND DISQUALIFICATION
(Signed) JOHN TYSSOWSKI,
Chairman.
Northeast Harbor, Maine.
August 11, 1931.
To Residents of Northeast & Southwest Harbor:
The Northeast Harbor Fleet appeals for your member-
ship. In order properly to conduct the races and cruises
of our fast increasing fleet, largely increased expendit-
ures are necessary - a new Pegatta-committee launch, the
retention of a paid Secretary almost throughout the year,
and many other outlays required by the development of
new classes.
Though you may not be personally concerned in boat-
sailing, nevertheless all residents benefit by the
beautiful marine pictures provided by our regattas, by
the healthful and generous sportsmanship developed among
the younger members of the community and the generally
increased reputation of our Island as a summer resort
secured to all by the possession of the largest fleet
of yachts east of Marblehead.
The Yacht Club is a growing institution. Will you
not help it grow?
Signed,
Dr. William Earl Clark
Mr. Arthur F. Butler
Mr. Vance C. McCormick
Mr. Percy H. Clark
Mr. Reginald C. Robbins
Mr. W. Barton Eddison
Mr. Frederic O. Speddan, Chairman.
Northeast Harbor, Maine.
August 11, 1931.
To Residents of Northeast & Southwest Harbor:
The Northeast Harbor Fleet appeals for your member-
ship. In order properly to conduct the races and cruises
of our fast increasing fleet, largely increased expendit-
ures are necessary - a new regatta-committee launch, the
retention of a paid Secretary almost throughout the year,
and many other outlays required by the development of
new classes.
Though you may not be personally concerned in boat-
sailing, nevertheless all residents benefit by the
beautiful marine pictures provided by our regattas, by
the healthful and generous sportsmanship developed among
the younger members of the community and the generally
increased reputation of our Island as a summer resort
secured to all by the possession of the largest fleet
of yachts east of Marblehead.
The Yacht Club is a growing institution. Will you
not help it grow?
Signed,
Dr. William Earl Clark
Mr. Arthur P. Butler
Mr. Vance C. McCormick
Mr. Percy H. Clark
Mr. Reginald C. Robbins
Mr. W. Barton Eddison
Mr. Frederic O. Speddan, Chairman.
NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
Special Cruise
August 22 and 23, 1931
The Northeast Harbor Fleet will hold a special cruise to Winter
Harbor on August 22nd and 23rd. Boats in classes 30 scuare meter, A,
B, MDI cruising class (schooners, yawls and ketches) and miscellan-
eous class, are eligible. Any cruising schooners, yawls or ketches
wishing to enter the class for cruising boats, or any sloops wishing
to enter the miscellaneous class, must notify the Secretary at Head-
quarters before Friday at noon.
COURSE
From regular start, between red and white markers to Winter
Harbor, finishing between white flags off Winter Harbor Yacht Club.
If the Race Committee finds that boats will not be able to finish
before 2 p.m., the Committee Boat will be stationed South of Turtle
Island Bell Buoy Number 2, and the race will be finished between
the Committee Boat and the bell buoy. This is to enable the Winter
Harbor Yacht Club to hold its regular Saturday race without inter--
fernnce. The Fleet is requested to be careful not to interfere with
the Winter Harbor Race.
The course Sunday will be from start off the Winter Harbor
Yacht Club to finish at Northeast Harbor between red nd white markers
START
Satruday:
Preparatory signal
9:15 a.m.
Start Cruising Class
schooners, yawls and ketches
9:20
Start Miscellaneous
9:25
Start 30 square meter class
9;30
Start Class A
9:35
Start Class B
9:40
Start Class MDI
9:45
Sunday:
Preparatory signal
10:00 a.m.
Start Cruising Class
schooners, yawls and ketches
10:05
Start Miscellaneous
10:10
Start 30 square meter class
10:15
Start Class A
10:20
Start Class B
10:25
Start Class MDI
10:30
Charge
The $3 which was charged for the regular cruise will be applied
toward the special cruise. Members of the Fleet who have paid this
fee and who do not wish to join the special cruise, will receive a
refund if the Secretary is notified. Those who have paid no fee and
wish to join the special cruise, must pay a $2 fee to the Secretary
If the cost of the cruise is less than the sum received, members will
receive a refund.
Postponement of Friday Race
If pear weather makes it necessary to postpone the regular Friday
Race, it will be sailed on Monday, August 24th.
Seamans race notice
Hayward Cup Race (resail)
Special Cruise Notice
Dr. Seth Milliker
Model
THE NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET.
SEAMAN'S RACE
SEPTEMBER 2, 1931
1.
Race will be sailed in B boats. It is requested that owners of B
boats who are willing that their boats be used in this event will
notify the Fleet Headquarters, and state whether or not they per-
sonally will compete as skippers in the race. If not sailing them-
selves they may designate substitute skipper.
2. The course will be announced from the Committee Boat before the
start of the race as usual.
3. Entering boats sailed by skippers or substitute will report to the
Committee Boat at start at 9 A. M. Eastern Daylight Saving Time,
Monday, September 1.
Preparatory Gun
9.40
Starting Gun
9.45
4. Postponement. Postponement will not be considered unless abso-
lutely necessary. Then to the afternoon of the same day, or the
following morning.
5. Special conditions.
a. Skippers will report yachts in good seamanlike condition, all
required equipment aboard, spinnaker in light stops, spare
lines, etc.
b. Promptly after reporting, a drawing will be made assigning
each to a boat as drawn. Skippers will change to allotted
boats and may adjust sails, lines, etc., as they see fit until
preparatory gun.
c. Only skipper allowed in each boat. No crew, deck hands or
chaperones.
d. All and any sails which boats can carry are permitted.
Trophy. The famous Southwest Harbor Tin Cup to the winner,
and Fleet pennants for first, second and third place.
Note. Each skipper will be responsible to the owner of the boat
he sails, for damage to hull, rigging and sails during the race.
Please promptly enter your boat and yourself as skipper or non-
inate your substitute. The Committee will secure substitutes to
man all boats entered if owners do not nominate their own sub.
stitutes.
RACE COMMITTEE.
The Northeast Harbor Vinet
Northeast Bacher
Maine
resailed on Thursday morning, August 2031.
The Race Committee has decided that the Hayward Cup Race be
COURSE: ENTRIES: Class A, B, 0, MDI, 30 Scuare Meter, and Bull's Eye.
No. 7 or 8 to be announced at warning gun.
START: Warning
White Flag
Preparatory
9:30:00 a.m.
Code flag P
9:35:00
Start Bull's Eye
Code flag B
Start Class 0 and
9:40:00
Class MDI
Code flag O
Start Class B
9:55;00
Code flag B
Start Class A
10:05:30
Code flag A
Start 30 square
10:07:30
Meter Class
Flag 30
10:12:30 or
10:17:30 or
10:22:30 to
be announced at
the start
POSTPONEMENTS:
Code Flag G - 15 minute intervals
In case of bad weather, the Northeast Harbor fire whistle
will blow 6 blasts at 8:30 a.m. The race will then be sailed
Thursday afternoon, August 27. If bad weather necessitates
further postponement, the race will be sailed on Thursday morn-
blowing the fire whistle at 1:15 p.m.
ing, September 3. Second postponement will be signalled by
time of start is as follows:
If the race is sailed Thursday afternoon, August 27, the
START: Wartining
White Flag
2:00:00 p.m.
Preparatory
Code flag P
2:05:00
Start Bull's Eye
Code flag B
2:10:00
Start Class 0 and
Class MDI
Code flag 0
2:25:00
Start Class B
Code flag B
2:35:30
Start Class A
Code flag A
2:37:30
Start 30 Square
Meter Class
Flag 30
2:42:30 or
2:47:30 or
2:52:30 to
be announced at
the start
NORTHEAST HARBOR FLEET
Special Cruise
August 22 and 23, 1931
Harbor on August 22nd and 23rd. Boats in classes 30 scuare meter, A,
The Northeast Harbor Fleet will hold a special cruise to Winter
B, MDI cruising class (schooners, yawls and ketches) and miscellan-
eous class, are eligible. Any cruising schooners, yawls or ketches
wishing to enter the class for cruising boats, or any sloops wishing
to enter the miscellaneous class, must notify the Secretary at Head-
quarters before Friday at noon.
COURSE
From regular start, between red and white markers to Winter
Harbor, finishing between white flags off Winter Harbor Yacht Club.
If the Race Committee finds that boats will not be able to finish
before 2 p.m., the Committee Boat will be stationed South of Turtle
Island Bell Buoy Number 2, and the race will be finished between
the Committee Boat and the bell buoy. This is to enable the Winter
Harbor Yacht Club to hold its regular Saturday race without inter-
fernnce. The Fleet is recuested to be careful not to interfere with
the Winter Harbor Race.
The course Sunday will be from start off the Winter Harbor
Yacht Club to finish at Northeast Harbor between red C nd white marker
START
Satruday:
Preparatory signal
9:15 a.m.
Start Cruising Class
schooners, yawls and ketches
9:20
Start Miscellaneous
9:25
Start 30 square meter class
9;30
Start Class A
9:35
Start Class B
9:40
Start Class MDI
9:45
Sunday:
Preparatory signal
10:00 a.m.
Start Cruising Class
schooners, yawls and ketches
10:05
Start Miscellaneous
10:10
Start 30 square meter class
10:15
Start Class A
10:20
Start Class B
10:25
Start Class MDI
10:30
Charge
The $3 which was charged for the regular cruise will be applied
toward the special cruise. Members of the Fleet who have paid this
fee and who do not wish to join the special cruise, will receive a
refund if the Secretary is notified. Those who have paid no fee and
wish to join the special cruise, must pay a $2 fee to the Secretary.
If the cost of the cruise is less than the sum received, members will
receive a refund.
Postponement of Friday Race
If poor weather makes it necessary to postpone the regular Friday
Race, it will be sailed on Monday, August 24th.
Northeast Harbor Fleet
Northeast Harbor, Maine
When it was decided to present Dr. Milliken with a model of his yacht "Thistle"
as a token of appreciation of his hospitality, it was thought wise to keep the plans as
quiet as possible. A few of his personal friends on the Island were very glad to
underwrite the cost of the work.
As a result of the precautions, the model was a complete surprise to Dr. Milliken.
The Committee feels that everyone would like to have the privilege of sharing in
making this gift. Those who SO generously joined in the underwriting will kindly
ignore this letter. It is further desired that no contribution exceed three dollars.
Checks should be made payable to the Northeast Harbor Fleet and mailed to
Gerrish H. Milliken, Treas., 79 Leonard Street, New York, N. Y.
Gano Dunn
W. Barton Eddison
Edward W. Madeira
Vance C. McCormick
Frederick O. Spedden
John Tyssowski
113
was held at Commidace Eddisoris
The annual meeting of the Heel
1931. residence at 5:30 PM on august 24 th
/
were read and accepted.
The summities of the preceding meeting
2.
Reports of officers.
Churinan Pace Coca. Mrs Tyssowski reported
a record Hur despite rather poor reeing
Interclub Raced with the Courithain
weather. - He spoke of the successful
that there would be another series
you'd Clash of Trablehead and said
hartheast was this years t be held in
Narbor. He thanked the
respondent
mattie
has
Courredore : the Eddison a
that the Williken Testinoial Fund
trons from of the Hert.
Commutter wanted vented general subscrip-
Treasures, reported a Babace on hand
Treasures i The Johnson assistant
of $ 2,078 63. He stated that he
thought that the Hut would weet
all the Reemal the expenses Installment of this year on including this
Launch.
3. Communications - home
4. Elections : the Vance Clue Parma's
presided at the elsetease
officies - The Heer unted frew
read fina all the ones as
by Tonarces,
witter. The of the Universating Goon
were elected hop lowing officus
Commodore for 1432
W. Borton Eddison
Vise. Cous.
Henry Rawle
Rear- Com
arthual P. Butles
Treasure
Leverthey
Hereal N Williken
Howard C Johnson Jan
Race Committee
W. Barton Eddison, Chairman
Fuduie 0 speddore
Euecy B .
Dr. Win Earl clark
A Pury C Johnson e I
5. old business teams Thing ruls
to new Bus a passing a
to the effect that uou
115
6. New Business: :
cannot handle a tiller was dropped.
sion are to 6 tex to the disreliser of
The following matters, after disness -
Hm Race Cocumittee :
1. 10 unreate calternals between
starts
2. a houses for corrining first place
is a are.
The and sentiment on of the
meeting was that no Tuesday 00
should e sare be outtled
triday obleeing the racing season
t ren until Labor Day
The august series is in the future
a special Committee is t be
opposuted t edit the 1932 yearbook
has Eddson encouranced the
following Aberiettee appointments x the
has. Colorad w madeira
the Feduie a speddan
the Job Tyseouski
adjoried
See
/ Commuttees american
2. Left over prigin awardst
3. Awacement of changes in rules.
by ats, Special
4 Explain action of May rules by Rellin
-
5. Gardten that judge
n findy by item call back
a
board you crossing time to surves
Cassed
b. Explanation of electing 42 als;
more called off proposed shertened
course;
7. Tide Lattle exceled
8. Spinmackers limited to standard length.
q Standard equip. reported to Sec. R.C.
before start first Race . Passed.
10. Reading Seamership Race Rules,
11. Swan is Lecture date annomate
12. Kimball House, Rock Ench, Surin_
Pool, Postoffier.
13. Permants to commers handed out
after each mc,
14. Discussion of protests by Mrs Robbins.
Notification if protested teat at the
time of Parada
Mutting H.2.Harlum Flut 520 P.M.
25.
Acal Hallow Imin Rigable
Mire blass
slower schaoner & yours. hug 26th. attempte get
Bar Attenberry achts.
Tyrrawski
gang
sehave Rave hugs start to
nawpayment for cary
Tumphies- - Rung adjusted
heary sum
these blass.
Waters of change in Raeing Rales. Maildeur Bulletin.
august
Mained by Mr Mallikum Decome this Fraly
after
Meanin are
sugges of these willing
to take boats alverutic an illures
to
Missing
Heel of thophies. (M. D. iss from becises
Mars whilemph no limitin age of gues
Bays ever a or B (Seam anslup Racu)
that the
Thoused up Mr knowed or Melliken